WO2018201037A1 - Systems, devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue - Google Patents

Systems, devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018201037A1
WO2018201037A1 PCT/US2018/029938 US2018029938W WO2018201037A1 WO 2018201037 A1 WO2018201037 A1 WO 2018201037A1 US 2018029938 W US2018029938 W US 2018029938W WO 2018201037 A1 WO2018201037 A1 WO 2018201037A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
splines
electrodes
spline
configuration
catheter
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2018/029938
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Raju Viswanathan
Allan Zingeler
Gary Long
Jean-Luc Pageard
Brittney HACHEY
Original Assignee
Farapulse, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US15/711,266 external-priority patent/US10172673B2/en
Priority claimed from US15/874,721 external-priority patent/US10130423B1/en
Application filed by Farapulse, Inc. filed Critical Farapulse, Inc.
Priority to CN201880033278.5A priority Critical patent/CN110662483B/en
Priority to JP2019557421A priority patent/JP2020517355A/en
Priority to EP18790020.4A priority patent/EP3614912A4/en
Priority to CN202310387215.2A priority patent/CN116158839A/en
Publication of WO2018201037A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018201037A1/en
Priority to EP19703585.0A priority patent/EP3740148A1/en
Priority to CN201980013103.2A priority patent/CN111741726A/en
Priority to PCT/US2019/014226 priority patent/WO2019143960A1/en
Priority to JP2020537624A priority patent/JP7394766B2/en
Priority to US16/375,561 priority patent/US10660702B2/en
Priority to US16/886,514 priority patent/US11020179B2/en
Priority to US17/332,758 priority patent/US20210282847A1/en
Priority to JP2023050735A priority patent/JP2023082063A/en
Priority to JP2023200526A priority patent/JP2024012693A/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/14Probes or electrodes therefor
    • A61B18/1492Probes or electrodes therefor having a flexible, catheter-like structure, e.g. for heart ablation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/24Detecting, measuring or recording bioelectric or biomagnetic signals of the body or parts thereof
    • A61B5/25Bioelectric electrodes therefor
    • A61B5/279Bioelectric electrodes therefor specially adapted for particular uses
    • A61B5/28Bioelectric electrodes therefor specially adapted for particular uses for electrocardiography [ECG]
    • A61B5/283Invasive
    • A61B5/287Holders for multiple electrodes, e.g. electrode catheters for electrophysiological study [EPS]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/24Detecting, measuring or recording bioelectric or biomagnetic signals of the body or parts thereof
    • A61B5/316Modalities, i.e. specific diagnostic methods
    • A61B5/318Heart-related electrical modalities, e.g. electrocardiography [ECG]
    • A61B5/333Recording apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00053Mechanical features of the instrument of device
    • A61B2018/0016Energy applicators arranged in a two- or three dimensional array
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00053Mechanical features of the instrument of device
    • A61B2018/00214Expandable means emitting energy, e.g. by elements carried thereon
    • A61B2018/00267Expandable means emitting energy, e.g. by elements carried thereon having a basket shaped structure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00345Vascular system
    • A61B2018/00351Heart
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00345Vascular system
    • A61B2018/00351Heart
    • A61B2018/00357Endocardium
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00345Vascular system
    • A61B2018/00351Heart
    • A61B2018/00375Ostium, e.g. ostium of pulmonary vein or artery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00571Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for achieving a particular surgical effect
    • A61B2018/00613Irreversible electroporation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00773Sensed parameters
    • A61B2018/00839Bioelectrical parameters, e.g. ECG, EEG
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/14Probes or electrodes therefor
    • A61B2018/1405Electrodes having a specific shape
    • A61B2018/1407Loop
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/68Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient
    • A61B5/6846Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be brought in contact with an internal body part, i.e. invasive
    • A61B5/6847Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be brought in contact with an internal body part, i.e. invasive mounted on an invasive device
    • A61B5/6852Catheters
    • A61B5/6858Catheters with a distal basket, e.g. expandable basket
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/68Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient
    • A61B5/6846Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be brought in contact with an internal body part, i.e. invasive
    • A61B5/6847Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be brought in contact with an internal body part, i.e. invasive mounted on an invasive device
    • A61B5/6852Catheters
    • A61B5/6859Catheters with multiple distal splines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/02Details
    • A61N1/04Electrodes
    • A61N1/05Electrodes for implantation or insertion into the body, e.g. heart electrode
    • A61N1/056Transvascular endocardial electrode systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/327Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for enhancing the absorption properties of tissue, e.g. by electroporation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/36Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
    • A61N1/362Heart stimulators

Definitions

  • This electroporation may be irreversible if the applied electric field at the membrane is larger than a threshold value such that the pores do not close and remain open, thereby permitting exchange of biomolecular material across the membrane leading to necrosis and/or apoptosis (cell death). Subsequently, the surrounding tissue may heal naturally.
  • An apparatus may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough.
  • a second catheter may extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen.
  • a set of splines may have a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter.
  • Each spline may include a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines.
  • Each electrode may have an insulated electrical lead associated herewith.
  • the insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of each of the set of splines.
  • the second catheter may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration. In the first configuration, the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis. In the second configuration, at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines may extend distal to a distal end of the
  • an apparatus may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough.
  • a second catheter may extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen.
  • a set of splines may have a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter.
  • Each spline may include a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines.
  • Each electrode has an insulated electrical lead associated herewith.
  • the insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of each of the set of splines.
  • the second catheter may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration.
  • the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis.
  • each spline of the set of splines may have a longitudinal axis in the second configuration that has an angle less than about 80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the first catheter.
  • an apparatus may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough.
  • a second catheter may extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen.
  • a set of splines may have a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter.
  • Each spline may include a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines.
  • Each electrode may have an insulated electrical lead associated herewith.
  • the insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of each of the set of splines.
  • the second catheter may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration.
  • the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis.
  • each spline of the set of splines may form a loop and be twisted along its length such that that the spline has torsion along its length.
  • each spline of the set of splines may have a rotation rate iT governed by the equation: j ⁇ ' ⁇ dl > ⁇ , where 1 is an arc length of the spline.
  • a system may include a signal generator configured for generating a pulse waveform.
  • An ablation device may be coupled to the signal generator and configured for receiving the pulse waveform.
  • the ablation device may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough.
  • a second catheter may extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen.
  • a handle may be coupled to the second catheter.
  • a set of splines may have a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter.
  • Each spline may include a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines. Each electrode may have an insulated electrical lead associated herewith.
  • the insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of each of the set of splines.
  • the second catheter may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration.
  • the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis.
  • at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines may extend distal to a distal end of the second catheter.
  • each spline of the set of splines may be distal to the distal end of the second catheter.
  • the proximal portion of the set of splines may be coupled to the first catheter within the first catheter lumen.
  • the second catheter may define a lumen therethrough, and the distal portion of the set of splines may be coupled to the second catheter within the second catheter lumen.
  • each spline of the set of splines may be non-overlapping with an adjacent spline.
  • the set of splines may bow radially outward from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration. In some embodiments, the set of splines may bias away from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration.
  • an actuator may be coupled to the set of splines and the distal cap. The actuator may be configured to transition the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the set of electrodes on adjacent splines may have opposite polarities.
  • the set of splines when deployed in the second configuration may form a shape with an effective cross-sectional diameter at its largest portion of between about 10 mm and about 35 mm.
  • the set of splines may include between 3 splines and 14 splines.
  • each spline of the set of splines may have a diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
  • each electrode of the set of electrodes may have a diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
  • the insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of the second catheter.
  • the insulated electrical leads may be configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
  • the pulse waveform including a first level of a hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a first set of pulses, each pulse having a pulse time duration, a first time interval separating successive pulses.
  • a second level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a plurality of first sets of pulses as a second set of pulses, a second time interval separating successive first sets of pulses, the second time interval being at least three times the duration of the first time interval.
  • a third level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a plurality of second sets of pulses as a third set of pulses, a third time interval separating successive second sets of pulses, the third time interval being at least thirty times the duration of the second level time interval.
  • a method of treating cardiac arrhythmia via irreversible electroporation may include the steps of advancing an ablation device into a left atrium of a patient, transitioning the ablation device from a first configuration to a second configuration.
  • the ablation device may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough, a second catheter extending from a distal end of the first catheter lumen; and
  • a set of splines having a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter, each spline including a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines, each electrode having an insulated electrical lead associated herewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the set of splines.
  • the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis.
  • at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines extends distal to a distal end of the second catheter.
  • the steps may further include generating a set of pulse waveforms and delivering the set of pulse waveforms to a set of contiguous portions of a posterior wall of a left atrium via one or more splines of a set of splines of the ablation device in the second configuration to form a set of ablation zones.
  • the set of splines in the second configuration, may form a loop and are twisted along its length such that the spline has torsion along its length.
  • each spline of the set of splines in the second configuration, may have a longitudinal axis in the second configuration that has an angle less than about 80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the first catheter.
  • each spline of the set of splines may have a rotation rate iT governed by the equation: / ⁇ u' ⁇ dl > ⁇ , where 1 is an arc length of the spline.
  • each insulated electrical lead may be configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
  • the set of splines may include a group of electrodes, the group of electrodes may include the set of electrodes of each spline of the set of splines.
  • the method may further include configuring a first electrode of the group of electrodes as an anode, configuring a second electrode of the group of electrodes as a cathode, and delivering the pulse waveform to the first electrode and the second electrode.
  • a first set of electrodes of a first spline of the set of splines may be configured as anodes
  • a second set of electrodes of a second spline of the set of splines may be configured as cathodes
  • the pulse waveform may be delivered to the first set of electrodes and the second set of electrodes.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an electroporation system, according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of an ablation catheter, according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 is a detailed perspective view of a distal portion of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 6 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 7 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 8A is a side view and
  • FIG. 8B is a front cross-sectional view.
  • FIG. 9A is a side view of an ablation catheter in a first structure, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 9B is a side view of an ablation catheter in a second expanded structure, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 9C is a side view of an ablation catheter in a third expanded structure, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 9D is a side view of an ablation catheter in a fourth expanded structure, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 9E is a side view of an ablation catheter in a fifth expanded structure, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a balloon ablation catheter disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of a balloon ablation catheter disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart, according to other embodiments.
  • FIGS. 12A-12B are schematic views of a return electrode of an ablation system, according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 12A illustrates an unenergized electrode and
  • FIG. 12B illustrates an energized electrode.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a method for tissue ablation, according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a method for tissue ablation, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 15 is an illustration of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 2 disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart.
  • FIG. 16 is an illustration of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 3 disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart.
  • FIG. 17 is an illustration of two of the ablation catheters depicted in FIG. 4 disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart.
  • FIG. 18 is an illustration of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 5 disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart.
  • FIGS. 19A-19B are illustrative views of a set of electrodes disposed in a pulmonary vein ostium, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 19A is a schematic perspective view and
  • FIG. 19B is a cross-sectional view.
  • FIGS. 20A-20B are illustrative views of an electric field generated by electrodes disposed in a pulmonary vein ostium, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 20A is a schematic perspective view and
  • FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view.
  • FIG. 21 is an example waveform showing a sequence of voltage pulses with a pulse width defined for each pulse, according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 22 schematically illustrates a hierarchy of pulses showing pulse widths, intervals between pulses, and groupings of pulses, according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 23 provides a schematic illustration of a nested hierarchy of monophasic pulses displaying different levels of nested hierarchy, according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic illustration of a nested hierarchy of biphasic pulses displaying different levels of nested hierarchy, according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates schematically a time sequence of electrocardiograms and cardiac pacing signals together with atrial and ventricular refractory time periods and indicating a time window for irreversible electroporation ablation, according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 26A is a perspective view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 26B is a side view of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 26A disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart, adjacent to a pulmonary ostium.
  • FIG. 26C is a top view of a simulation of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 26B, illustrating selective electrode activation according to embodiments.
  • FIG. 26D is a simulated illustration of tissue ablation in a pulmonary ostium, according to embodiments.
  • FIGS. 27A-27C are each side views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 27A is a side view of the ablation catheter in a second configuration.
  • FIG. 27B is another side view of the ablation catheter in the second configuration.
  • FIG. 27C is yet another side view of the ablation catheter in the second configuration.
  • FIG. 28 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIGS. 29A-29D are cross-sectional side views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 29A is a cross-sectional side view of the ablation catheter in a first configuration.
  • FIG. 29B is a cross-sectional side view of the ablation catheter in a third configuration.
  • FIG. 29C is another cross-sectional side view of the ablation catheter in the third configuration.
  • FIG. 29D is yet another cross-sectional side view of the ablation catheter in the third configuration.
  • FIG. 30 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIGS. 31A-31B are perspective views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 31 A is a perspective view of the ablation catheter in a first configuration.
  • FIG. 3 IB is a perspective view of the ablation catheter in a second configuration.
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional schematic view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIGS. 33A-33E are illustrative views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 33 A is a perspective view of the ablation catheter.
  • FIG. 33B is a front view of the ablation catheter of FIG. 33A.
  • FIG. 33C is a cut-away perspective view of a spline of the ablation catheter of FIG. 33 A.
  • FIG. 33D is a cross-sectional view of a spline of the ablation catheter of FIG. 33A.
  • FIG. 33E is a perspective view of the ablation catheter of FIG. 33A disposed adjacent to tissue.
  • FIGS. 34A-34B are side views of a spline, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 34A is a side view of a spline with a unit tangent vector.
  • FIG. 34B is a side view with two unit tangent vectors.
  • FIG. 35 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIGS. 36A-36C are side views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
  • FIG. 36A is a side view of an ablation catheter in a second configuration.
  • FIG. 36B is another side view of an ablation catheter in a second configuration.
  • FIG. 36C is a side view of an ablation catheter near tissue.
  • FIGS. 37A-37B are perspective views of an ablation catheter and a left atrium.
  • FIG. 37A is a perspective view of an ablation catheter disposed in a left atrium.
  • FIG. 37B is a perspective view of a left atrium after tissue ablation.
  • An irreversible electroporation system as described herein may include a signal generator and a processor configured to apply one or more voltage pulse waveforms to a selected set of electrodes of an ablation device to deliver energy to a region of interest (e.g., ablation energy for a set of tissue in a pulmonary vein ostium).
  • a region of interest e.g., ablation energy for a set of tissue in a pulmonary vein ostium
  • the pulse waveforms disclosed herein may aid in therapeutic treatment of a variety of cardiac arrhythmias (e.g., atrial fibrillation).
  • one or more electrodes of the ablation device may have an insulated electrical lead configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
  • the electrodes may be independently addressable such that each electrode may be controlled (e.g., deliver energy) independently of any other electrode of the device. In this manner, the electrodes may deliver different energy waveforms with different timing synergistically for electroporation of tissue.
  • electroporation refers to the application of an electric field to a cell membrane to change the permeability of the cell membrane to the extracellular environment.
  • reversible electroporation refers to the application of an electric field to a cell membrane to temporarily change the permeability of the cell membrane to the extracellular environment. For example, a cell undergoing reversible electroporation can observe the temporary and/or intermittent formation of one or more pores in its cell membrane that close up upon removal of the electric field.
  • irreversible electroporation refers to the application of an electric field to a cell membrane to permanently change the permeability of the cell membrane to the extracellular environment.
  • Pulse waveforms for electroporation energy delivery as disclosed herein may enhance the safety, efficiency and effectiveness of energy delivery to tissue by reducing the electric field threshold associated with irreversible electroporation, thus yielding more effective ablative lesions with a reduction in total energy delivered.
  • the voltage pulse waveforms disclosed herein may be hierarchical and have a nested structure.
  • the pulse waveform may include hierarchical groupings of pulses having associated timescales.
  • the methods, systems, and devices disclosed herein may comprise one or more of the methods, systems, and devices described in International Application Serial No. PCT/US2016/057664, filed on October 19, 2016, and titled "SYSTEMS, APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR DELIVERY OF ABLATIVE ENERGY TO TISSUE," the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the systems may further include a cardiac stimulator used to synchronize the generation of the pulse waveform to a paced heartbeat.
  • the cardiac stimulator may electrically pace the heart with a cardiac stimulator and ensure pacing capture to establish periodicity and predictability of the cardiac cycle.
  • a time window within a refractory period of the periodic cardiac cycle may be selected for voltage pulse waveform delivery.
  • voltage pulse waveforms may be delivered in the refractory period of the cardiac cycle so as to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart.
  • an ablation device may include one or more catheters, guidewires, balloons, and electrodes. The ablation device may transform into different configurations (e.g., compact and expanded) to position the device within an endocardial space.
  • the system may optionally include one or more return electrodes.
  • one or more catheters may be advanced in a minimally invasive fashion through vasculature to a target location.
  • the electrodes through which the voltage pulse waveform is delivered may be disposed on an epicardial device or on an endocardial device.
  • the methods described here may include introducing a device into an endocardial space of the left atrium of the heart and disposing the device in contact with a pulmonary vein ostium.
  • a pulse waveform may be generated and delivered to one or more electrodes of the device to ablate tissue.
  • the pulse waveform may be generated in synchronization with a pacing signal of the heart to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart.
  • the electrodes may be configured in anode-cathode subsets.
  • the pulse waveform may include hierarchical waveforms to aid in tissue ablation and reduce damage to healthy tissue.
  • a system for ablating tissue described here may include a signal generator and an ablation device having one or more electrodes for the selective and rapid application of DC voltage to drive electroporation.
  • the systems and devices may be deployed epicardially and/or endocardially to treat atrial fibrillation. Voltages may be applied to a selected subset of the electrodes, with independent subset selections for anode and cathode electrode selections.
  • a pacing signal for cardiac stimulation may be generated and used to generate the pulse waveform by the signal generator in synchronization with the pacing signal.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an ablation system (100) configured to deliver voltage pulse waveforms.
  • the system (100) may include an apparatus (120) including a signal generator (122), processor (124), memory (126), and cardiac stimulator (128).
  • the apparatus (120) may be coupled to an ablation device (110), and optionally to a pacing device (130) and/or an optional return electrode (140) (e.g., a return pad, illustrated here with dotted lines).
  • the signal generator (122) may be configured to generate pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation of tissue, such as, for example, pulmonary vein ostia.
  • the signal generator (122) may be a voltage pulse waveform generator and deliver a pulse waveform to the ablation device (110).
  • the return electrode (140) may be coupled to a patient (e.g., disposed on a patient's back) to allow current to pass from the ablation device (1 10) through the patient and then to the return electrode (140) to provide a safe current return path from the patient (not shown).
  • the processor (124) may incorporate data received from memory (126), cardiac stimulator (128), and pacing device (130) to determine the parameters (e.g., amplitude, width, duty cycle, etc.) of the pulse waveform to be generated by the signal generator (122).
  • the memory (126) may further store instructions to cause the signal generator (122) to execute modules, processes and/or functions associated with the system (100), such as pulse waveform generation and/or cardiac pacing synchronization.
  • the memory (126) may be configured to store pulse waveform and/or heart pacing data for pulse waveform generation and/or cardiac pacing, respectively.
  • the ablation device (1 10) may include a catheter configured to receive and/or deliver the pulse waveforms described in more detail below.
  • the ablation device (1 10) may be introduced into an endocardial space of the left atrium and positioned to align one or more electrodes (1 12) to one or more pulmonary vein ostia, and then deliver the pulse waveforms to ablate tissue.
  • the ablation device (110) may include one or more electrodes (112), which may, in some embodiments, be a set of independently addressable electrodes. Each electrode may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
  • the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 1,500 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • the electrodes (112) may be grouped into one or more anode-cathode subsets such as, for example, a subset including one anode and one cathode, a subset including two anodes and two cathodes, a subset including two anodes and one cathode, a subset including one anode and two cathodes, a subset including three anodes and one cathode, a subset including three anodes and two cathodes, and/or the like.
  • the pacing device (130) may be suitably coupled to the patient (not shown) and configured to receive a heart pacing signal generated by the cardiac stimulator (128) of the apparatus (120) for cardiac stimulation.
  • An indication of the pacing signal may be transmitted by the cardiac stimulator (128) to the signal generator (122).
  • an indication of a voltage pulse waveform may be selected, computed, and/or otherwise identified by the processor (124) and generated by the signal generator (122).
  • the signal generator (122) is configured to generate the pulse waveform in synchronization with the indication of the pacing signal (e.g., within a common refractory window).
  • the common refractory window may start substantially immediately following a ventricular pacing signal (or after a very small delay) and last for a duration of approximately 250 ms or less thereafter. In such embodiments, an entire pulse waveform may be delivered within this duration.
  • the processor (124) may be any suitable processing device configured to run and/or execute a set of instructions or code.
  • the processor may be, for example, a general purpose processor, a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), and/or the like.
  • the processor may be configured to run and/or execute application processes and/or other modules, processes and/or functions associated with the system and/or a network associated therewith (not shown).
  • MOSFET metal- oxide semiconductor field-effect transistor
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • ECL emitter-coupled logic
  • polymer technologies e.g., silicon-conjugated polymer and metal -conjugated polymer-metal structures
  • mixed analog and digital and/or the like.
  • the memory (126) may include a database (not shown) and may be, for example, a random access memory (RAM), a memory buffer, a hard drive, an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable read-only memory (EEPROM), a readonly memory (ROM), Flash memory, etc.
  • the memory (126) may store instructions to cause the processor (124) to execute modules, processes and/or functions associated with the system (100), such as pulse waveform generation and/or cardiac pacing.
  • the system (100) may be in communication with other devices (not shown) via, for example, one or more networks, each of which may be any type of network.
  • a wireless network may refer to any type of digital network that is not connected by cables of any kind.
  • a wireless network may connect to a wireline network in order to interface with the Internet, other carrier voice and data networks, business networks, and personal networks.
  • a wireline network is typically carried over copper twisted pair, coaxial cable or fiber optic cables.
  • wireline networks including, wide area networks (WAN), metropolitan area networks (MAN), local area networks (LAN), campus area networks (CAN), global area networks (GAN), like the Internet, and virtual private networks (VPN).
  • WAN wide area networks
  • MAN metropolitan area networks
  • LAN local area networks
  • CAN campus area networks
  • GAN global area networks
  • VPN virtual private networks
  • network refers to any combination of combined wireless, wireline, public and private data networks that are typically interconnected through the Internet, to provide a unified networking and information access solution.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of an ablation device (200) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (1 10)) including a catheter (210) and a guidewire (220) slidable within a lumen of the catheter (210).
  • the guidewire (220) may include a nonlinear distal portion (222) and the catheter (210) may be configured to be disposed over the guidewire (220) during use.
  • the distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may be shaped to aid placement of the catheter (210) in a lumen of the patient.
  • a shape of the distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may be configured for placement in a pulmonary vein ostium and/or the vicinity thereof, as described in more detail with respect to FIG. 15.
  • the distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may include and/or be formed in an atraumatic shape that reduces trauma to tissue (e.g., prevents and/or reduces the possibility of tissue puncture).
  • the distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may include a nonlinear shape such as a circle, loop (as illustrated in FIG. 2), ellipsoid, or any other geometric shape.
  • the guidewire (220) may be configured to be resilient such that the guidewire having a nonlinear shape may conform to a lumen of the catheter (210) when disposed in the catheter (210), and re-form/otherwise regain the nonlinear shape when advanced out of the catheter (210).
  • the catheter (210) may similarly be configured to be resilient, such as for aiding advancement of the catheter (210) through a sheath (not shown).
  • the shaped distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may be angled relative to the other portions of the guidewire (220) and catheter (210).
  • the catheter (210) and guidewire (220) may be sized for advancement into an endocardial space (e.g., left atrium).
  • a diameter of the shaped distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may be about the same as a diameter of a lumen in which the catheter (230) is to be disposed.
  • the catheter (210) may be slidably advanced over the guidewire (220) so as to be disposed over the guidewire (220) during use.
  • the distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) disposed in a lumen may serve as a backstop to advancement of a distal portion of the catheter (210).
  • the distal portion of the catheter (210) may include a set of electrodes (212) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the electrode(s) (112)) configured to contact an inner radial surface of a lumen (e.g., pulmonary vein ostium).
  • the electrodes (212) may include an approximately circular arrangement of electrodes configured to contact a pulmonary vein ostium. As shown in FIG. 2, one or more electrodes (212) may include a series of metallic bands or rings disposed along a catheter shaft and be electrically connected together.
  • the ablation device (200) may include a single electrode having a plurality of bands, one or more electrodes each having its own band, and combinations thereof.
  • the electrodes (212) may be shaped to conform to the shape of the distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220).
  • the catheter shaft may include flexible portions between the electrodes to enhance flexibility.
  • one or more electrodes (212) may include a helical winding to enhance flexibility.
  • Each of the electrodes of the ablation devices discussed herein may be connected to an insulated electrical lead (not shown) leading to a handle (not shown) coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter.
  • the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of at least 700V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between. This allows the electrodes to effectively deliver electrical energy and to ablate tissue through irreversible electroporation.
  • the electrodes may, for example, receive pulse waveforms generated by a signal generator (122) as discussed above with respect to FIG. 1.
  • a guidewire (220) may be separate from the ablation device (200) (e.g., the ablation device (200) includes the catheter (210) but not the guidewire (220).
  • a guidewire (220) may be advanced by itself into an endocardial space, and thereafter the catheter (210) may be advanced into the endocardial space over the guidewire (220).
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of another embodiment of an ablation device (300) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (1 10)) including a catheter (310) having a set of electrodes (314) provided along a distal portion (312) of the catheter (310).
  • the distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may be nonlinear and form an approximately circle shape.
  • a set of electrodes (314) may be disposed along a nonlinear distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may form a generally circular arrangement of electrodes (314).
  • the electrodes (314) may be disposed at a pulmonary vein ostium in order to deliver a pulse waveform to ablate tissue, as described in more detail with respect to FIG. 16.
  • the shaped distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may be angled relative to the other portions of the catheter (310).
  • the distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may be generally perpendicular to an adj acent portion of the catheter (310).
  • a handle (not shown) may be coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter (310) and may include a bending mechanism (e.g., one or more pull wires (not shown)) configured to modify the shape of the distal portion (312) of the catheter (310).
  • a pull wire of the handle may increase or decrease a circumference of the circular shape of the distal portion (312) of the catheter (310).
  • the diameter of the distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may be modified to allow the electrodes (314) to be disposed near and/or in contact with a pulmonary vein ostium (e.g., in contact with an inner radial surface of the pulmonary vein).
  • the electrodes (314) may include a series of metallic bands or rings and be independently addressable.
  • the pulse waveform may be applied between the electrodes (314) configured in anode and cathode sets. For example, adjacent or approximately diametrically opposed electrode pairs may be activated together as an anode-cathode set. It should be appreciated that any of the pulse waveforms disclosed herein may be progressively or sequentially applied over a sequence of anode-cathode electrodes.
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view of yet another embodiment of an ablation device (400) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (110)) including a catheter (410) and a guidewire (420) having a shaped, nonlinear distal portion (422).
  • the guidewire (420) may be slidable within a lumen of the catheter (410).
  • the guidewire (420) may be advanced through the lumen of the catheter (410) and a distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be approximately circular shaped.
  • the shape and/or diameter of the distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be modified using a bending mechanism as described above with respect to FIG. 3.
  • the catheter (410) may be flexible so as to be deflectable.
  • the catheter (410) and/or guidewire (420) may be configured to be resilient such that they conform to a lumen in which they are disposed and assume a secondary shape when advanced out of the lumen.
  • the distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be positioned at a target tissue site, such as, a pulmonary vein ostium.
  • a distal end (412) of the catheter (410) may be sealed off except where the guidewire (420) extends from such that the catheter (410) may electrically insulate the portion of the guidewire (420) within the lumen of the catheter (410).
  • the distal end (412) of the catheter (410) may include a seal having an opening that permits passage of the guidewire (420) upon application of force to form a compression hold (that may be fluid-tight) between the seal and the guidewire (420).
  • the exposed distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be coupled to an electrode and configured to receive a pulse waveform from a signal generator and deliver the pulse waveform to tissue during use.
  • a proximal end of the guidewire (420) may be coupled to a suitable lead and connected to the signal generator (122) of FIG. 1.
  • the distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be sized such that it may be positioned at a pulmonary vein ostium.
  • a diameter of the shaped distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be about the same as a diameter of a pulmonary vein ostium.
  • the shaped distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be angled relative to the other portions of the guidewire (420) and catheter (410).
  • the guidewire (420) may include stainless steel, nitinol, platinum, or other suitable, biocompatible materials.
  • the distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may include a platinum coil physically and electrically attached to the guidewire (420).
  • the platinum coil may be an electrode configured for delivery of a voltage pulse waveform. Platinum is radiopaque and its use may increase flexibility to aid advancement and positioning of the ablation device (400) within an endocardial space.
  • FIG. 5 is a detailed perspective view of a flower-shaped distal portion of an ablation device (500) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (110)) including a set of electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) each extending from a pair of insulated lead segments (510, 512, 514, 516). Each pair of adjacent insulated lead segments coupled to an uninsulated electrode (e.g., lead segments (510, 512) and electrode (526)) form a loop (FIG. 5 illustrates a set of four loops). The set of loops at the distal portion of the ablation device (500) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue.
  • an ablation device 500
  • a set of electrodes 520, 522, 524, 526) each extending from a pair of insulated lead segments (510, 512, 514, 516).
  • Each pair of adjacent insulated lead segments coupled to an uninsulated electrode e.g., lead segments (510, 512
  • the ablation device (500) may include a set of insulated lead segments (510, 512, 514, 516) that branch out at a distal end of the device (500) to connect to respective exposed electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526), as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may include an exposed portion of an electrical conductor.
  • one or more of the electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may include a platinum coil.
  • the one or more segments (510, 512, 514, 516) may be coupled to a bending mechanism (e.g., strut, pull wire, etc.) controlled from a handle (not shown) to control a size and/or shape of the distal portion of the device (500).
  • a bending mechanism e.g., strut, pull wire, etc.
  • the electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may be flexible and form a compact first configuration for advancement into an endocardial space, such as adjacent to a pulmonary vein ostium. Once disposed at a desired location, the electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may be transformed to an expanded second configuration when advanced out of a lumen, such as a sheath, to form a flower-shaped distal portion, as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the insulated lead segments (510, 512, 514, 516) and electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may be biased to expand outward (e.g., spring open) into the second configuration when advanced out of a lumen (e.g., sheath) carrying the device (500).
  • the electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may be independently addressable and each have an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
  • the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • the ablation device (5000) may be configured for delivering the pulse waveform to tissue during use via the set of electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526).
  • the pulse waveform may be applied between the electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) configured in anode and cathode sets.
  • approximately diametrically opposite electrode pairs e.g., electrodes (520, 524) and (522, 526)
  • adjacent electrodes may be configured as an anode- cathode pair.
  • a first electrode (520) of the set of electrodes may be configured as an anode and a second electrode (522) may be configured as a cathode.
  • FIGS. 6-9E, 26A-27C, and 28 illustrate additional embodiments of an ablation device (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (110)) that may be configured to deliver voltage pulse waveforms using a set of electrodes to ablate tissue and electrically isolate a pulmonary vein.
  • the ablation device may be transformed from a first configuration to a second configuration such that the electrodes of the ablation device expand outward to contact a lumen of tissue (e.g., pulmonary vein ostium).
  • FIG. 6 is a side view of an embodiment of an ablation device (600) including a catheter shaft (610) at a proximal end of the device (600), a distal cap (612) of the device (600), and a set of splines (614) coupled thereto.
  • the distal cap (612) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • a proximal end of the set of splines (614) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (610), and a distal end of the set of splines (614) may be tethered to the distal cap (612) of the device (600).
  • the ablation device (600) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (614).
  • an apparatus may include a catheter defining a longitudinal axis
  • Each spline (614) of the ablation device (600) may include one or more jointly wired, or in some cases independently addressable electrodes (616) formed on a surface of the spline (614).
  • Each electrode (616) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • Each spline (614) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (616) formed in a body of the spline (614) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (614)).
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a set of splines (614) where each spline (614) includes a pair of electrodes (616) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (616) of an adjacent spline (614). In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (616) may differ.
  • each spline of the set of splines may include a flexible curvature.
  • the minimum radius of curvature of a spline can be in the range of about 1 cm or larger.
  • the set of splines may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device and be configured to transform between a first configuration where the set of splines bow radially outward from a longitudinal axis of the ablation device, and a second configuration where the set of splines are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the ablation device.
  • the splines may more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space.
  • the "basket" of splines can have an asymmetric shape along the shaft length, so that one end (say the distal end) of the basket is more bulbous than the other end (say the proximal end) of the basket.
  • the delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration in contact with the pulmonary vein ostium and transformed to the second configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform.
  • a handle may be coupled to the set of splines and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within the handle.
  • each of the electrodes (616) on a spline (614) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (616) on an adjacent spline (614) may be configured as a cathode.
  • the electrodes (616) on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of an adjacent spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode).
  • the ablation device (600) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the ablation device (600) may include 3 to 20 splines.
  • the ablation device (600) may include 6 to 12 splines.
  • FIG. 7 is a side view of another embodiment of an ablation device (700) including a catheter shaft (710) at a proximal end of the device (700), a distal cap (712) of the device (700), and a set of splines (714) coupled thereto.
  • the distal cap (712) may include an atraumatic shape.
  • a proximal end of the set of splines (714) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (710), and a distal end of the set of splines (714) may be tethered to the distal cap (712) of the device (700).
  • Each spline (714) of the ablation device (700) may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (716) formed on a surface of the spline (714).
  • Each electrode (716) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 1500 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • Each spline (714) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (716) formed in a body of the spline (714) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (714)).
  • a set of spline wires (718, 719) may be electrically conductive and electrically couple adjacent electrodes (716) disposed on different splines (714) such as electrodes (716) between a pair of splines (718, 719) of the set of splines.
  • the spline wires (718, 719) may extend in a transverse direction relative to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (700).
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a set of splines (714) where each spline (714) includes a pair of electrodes (716) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (716) of an adjacent spline (714). In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (716) may differ. For example, the electrodes (716) electrically coupled to a first spline wire
  • Electrodes (718) may differ in size and/or shape from electrodes (716') electrically coupled to a second spline wire (719).
  • the first spline wire (718) may include a first set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723), where each spline wire of the set of spline wires (720, 721 , 722, 723) may couple electrodes (716) between a different pair of splines of the set of splines (714).
  • the set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723) may form a continuous loop between the electrodes (716) coupled thereto.
  • each spline wire of the set of spline wires (724, 725, 726) may couple electrodes (716') across the set of splines (714).
  • the second set of spline wires (724, 725, 726) may couple different electrodes (716') across the set of splines (714) than the first set of spline wires (720, 721 , 722, 723).
  • the first set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723) may form a first continuous loop between the electrodes (716) coupled thereto and the second set of spline wires (724, 725, 726) may form a second continuous loop between the electrodes (716') coupled thereto.
  • the first continuous loop may be electrically isolated from the second continuous loop.
  • the electrodes (716) coupled to the first continuous loop may be configured as anodes and the electrodes (716) coupled to the second continuous loop may be configured as cathodes.
  • a pulse waveform may be delivered to the electrodes (716) of the first and second continuous loop.
  • the spline wires such as 721, 722, 723 etc. can be replaced by similar electrical connections in the proximal part of the device (for example, in the device handle).
  • the electrodes 716 can all be electrically wired together in the handle of the device.
  • the first spline wire (721) of the set of spline wires (720, 721 , 722, 723) may couple electrodes (716) between a first spline (71 1) and a second spline (713) of the set of splines (714), and a second spline wire (720) of the set of spline wires (720, 721 , 722, 723) may couple electrodes (716) between the first spline (711) and a third spline (715) of the set of splines (714).
  • the electrodes (716) coupled by the first spline wire (721) and the second spline wire (720) may be configured as an anode and cathode (or vice-versa).
  • the first spline wire (721) of the set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723) may couple the electrodes (716) between a first spline (711) and a second spline (713) of the set of splines (714), and a second spline wire (723) of the set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723) may couple the electrodes (716) between a third spline (715) and a fourth spline (717) of the set of splines (714).
  • a pulse waveform may be delivered to the electrodes (716) coupled by the first spline wire (721) and the second spline wire (723).
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes are electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within a handle.
  • one or more of the spline wires (718, 719) may form a continuous loop between the electrically coupled electrodes (716).
  • a first set of spline wires (718) may form a first continuous loop between the electrodes (716) coupled thereto and a second set of spline wires (719) may form a second continuous loop between the electrodes (716) coupled thereto.
  • the first continuous loop may be electrically isolated from the second continuous loop.
  • each of the electrodes (716) coupled to a first set of spline wires (718) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (716) coupled to a second set of spline wires (719) may be configured as a cathode.
  • Each group of electrically coupled electrodes (716) may be independently addressable.
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes are electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within a handle.
  • a spline wire may electrically couple to a set of electrodes (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, etc.) without forming a continuous loop.
  • a discontinuous loop may be formed using two spline wires.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (716) may differ.
  • the ablation device (700) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines.
  • the ablation device (700) may include 3 to 20 splines.
  • the ablation device (700) may include 6 to 9 splines.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are side and front cross-sectional views, respectively, of an ablation catheter (800).
  • FIG. 8A is a side view of an embodiment of an ablation device (800) including a catheter shaft (810) at a proximal end of the device (800), a distal cap (812) of the device (800), and a set of splines (814) coupled thereto.
  • the distal cap (812) may include an atraumatic shape.
  • a proximal end of the set of splines (814) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (810), and a distal end of the set of splines (14) may be tethered to the distal cap (812) of the device (800).
  • Each spline (814) of the ablation device (800) may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (816, 818) formed on a surface of the spline (814).
  • Each electrode (816, 818) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • Each spline (814) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (816, 818) formed in a body of the spline (814) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (814)).
  • One or more spline wires (817, 819) may be electrically conductive and electrically couple adjacent electrodes (816, 818) disposed on different splines (814).
  • the spline wires (817, 819) may extend in a transverse direction relative to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (800).
  • FIG. 8B is a front cross-sectional view of FIG. 8A taken along the 8B-8B line.
  • Each spline wire (817, 819, 821, 823) electrically couples a pair of adjacent electrodes (816, 818, 820, 822) on different splines.
  • each coupled electrode pair may be electrically isolated from each other.
  • the coupled electrode pair may be configured with a common polarity. Adjacent pairs of electrodes may be configured with opposite polarities (e.g., a first electrode pair configured as an anode and an adjacent second electrode pair configured as a cathode).
  • the electrodes (816) coupled to a first set of spline wires (817) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (818) coupled to a second set of spline wires (819) may be configured as a cathode.
  • each electrode formed on a spline (814) may share a common polarity (e.g., configured as an anode or cathode).
  • Each coupled electrode pair may be independently addressable.
  • the ablation device (800) may include an even number of splines.
  • the ablation device (800) may include any number of splines, for example, 4, 6, 8, 10, or more splines.
  • the ablation device may include 4 to 10 splines.
  • the ablation device may include 6 to 8 splines.
  • the spline wires such as 817, 819, etc. can be replaced by similar electrical connections in the proximal part of the device (for example, in the device handle).
  • the electrodes (816) can be electrically wired together in the handle of the device, so that these electrodes are at the same electric potential during ablation.
  • FIG. 9A is a side view of yet another embodiment of an ablation device (900) including a catheter shaft (910) at a proximal end of the device (900), a distal cap (912) of the device (900), and a set of splines (914) coupled thereto.
  • the distal cap (912) may include an atraumatic shape.
  • a proximal end of the set of splines (914) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (910), and a distal end of the set of splines (914) may be tethered to the distal cap (912) of the device (900).
  • Each spline (914) of the ablation device (900) may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (916, 918) formed on a surface of the spline (914).
  • Each electrode (916, 918) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • Each spline (914) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (916, 918) formed in a body of the spline (914) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (914)). FIG.
  • each spline (914) includes an electrode spaced apart or offset from an electrode of an adjacent spline (914).
  • the set of splines (914) including a first spline (920) and a second spline (922) adjacent to the first spline (920), wherein an electrode (916) of the first spline (920) is disposed closer to a distal end (912) of the ablation device (900) relative to an electrode (918) of the second spline (922).
  • the size and shape of the electrodes (916, 918) may differ as well.
  • adjacent distal electrodes (916) and proximal electrodes (918) may form an anode-cathode pair.
  • the distal electrodes (916) may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes (918) may be configured as a cathode.
  • the ablation device (900) may include 3 to 12 splines.
  • one electrode (916, 918) is formed on a surface of each spline (914) such that each spline (914) includes one insulated electrical lead. A lumen of the spline (914) may therefore be reduced in diameter and allow the spline (914) to be thicker and more mechanically robust.
  • the ablation device (900) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines. In some embodiments, the ablation device (900) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, in one embodiment, the ablation device (900) may include 6 to 10 splines.
  • the shape of a bulb-like expanded structure (930) of the expanded set of splines (914) may be asymmetric, for example with its distal portion being more bulbous or rounded than its proximal portion (e.g., see FIGS. 9B-9E). Such a bulbous distal portion can aid in positioning the device at the ostium of a pulmonary vein.
  • FIGS. 9B-9E illustrates the spline wires (914', 920', 922') forming an expanded structure (930') during use such as when deployed.
  • a first plane (924A'), also sometimes referred to as a proximal plane, of the expanded structure (930') has a cross-sectional area that is different than a cross-sectional area at a second plane (924B') of the expanded structure (930').
  • a first plane (924A' also sometimes referred to as a proximal plane
  • first plane and second plane as used with respect to FIG. 9B may refer to planes orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (910') that are each formed up to about 1 cm, about 2 cm, and about 3 cm or more (including all values and sub-ranges in between) from the distal end of the catheter shaft (910') and the proximal end of the distal cap (912'), respectively.
  • the electrode (916') of the first spline (920') is disposed closer to the distal cap (912') of the ablation device (900') relative to an electrode (918') of the second spline (922').
  • FIG. 9C illustrates the spline wires (914", 920", 922") forming an expanded structure (930") during use such as when deployed.
  • a first plane (924A") also sometimes referred to as a proximal plane, of the expanded structure (930") has a cross-sectional area that is different than a cross-sectional area at a second plane (924B") of the expanded structure (930").
  • the cross-sectional area of the expanded structure (930") at the second plane (924B") is greater than that at the first plane (924 A").
  • 9C may refer to planes orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (910") that are each formed up to about 1 cm, about 2 cm, and about 3 cm or more (including all values and sub-ranges in between) from the distal end of the catheter shaft (910") and the proximal end of the distal cap (912"), respectively.
  • multiple electrodes may be present on each spline wire, and some electrodes may be equidistant from the distal cap (912").
  • relatively distal electrodes such as 932" and 934" may be apposed at or proximal/antral to a pulmonary vein ostium during use for ablation delivery to generate an ostial circumferential lesion around a pulmonary vein.
  • FIG. 9D illustrates the spline wires (914"', 920"', 922"') forming an expanded structure (930"') during use such as when deployed.
  • the spline wires (914"', 920"', 922”') converge at their distal ends to a point (928"') that lies inside/within the expanded structure (930"').
  • at least some electrodes (932"', 934"') on the spline wires (914"', 920"', 922”') may lie in a distal end plane (926"') of the expanded structure (930"').
  • the expanded structure (930"') may be pressed against, for example, an endocardial surface such as the posterior wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes in the distal end plane using any suitable combination of polarities.
  • distal electrodes (932"', 934"') may be pressed against an endocardial surface and used to form a lesion via focal ablation (e.g., a spot lesion).
  • the electrodes (933, 935) also sometimes referred to as “proximal electrodes”
  • the electrodes (932"', 934"') also sometimes referred to as “distal electrodes”
  • the electrodes (932"', 934"') may be activated with opposite polarities. Conduction between these electrodes through the blood pool results in electric field generation and application of the electric field as ablative energy to the endocardial surface present at the distal end plane (926 "'), resulting in focal ablation.
  • the spline wires (914"', 920"', 922"') may form the expanded structure (930"') such that the distal electrodes (932"', 934"') lie at or within the distal end plane (926"') of an endocardial surface while the proximal electrodes (933, 935) lie outside the distal end plane (926"') and consequently do not press against or otherwise contact the endocardial surface.
  • the distal electrodes (932"', 934"') may have the same polarity while adjacent proximal electrodes (935, 933) may have the opposite polarity to the distal electrodes (932"', 934"').
  • the electrodes of the ablation device (900"') may have a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5.0 mm and a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 0.5 mm to about 2.5 mm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the spline wires (914"', 920"', 922"') in the expanded structure (930"') illustrated in FIG. 9D may have a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 6.0 mm to about 30.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the focal ablation lesion formed in this manner may have a diameter between about 0.5 cm to about 2.5 cm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the distal electrodes (932"', 934"') may be configured with opposite polarities.
  • adjacent electrodes on the same spline may have the same polarity such that distal electrode (934"') may have the same polarity as proximal electrode (933) and likewise distal electrode (932"') may have the same polarity as proximal electrode (935).
  • Electrodes (934"', 933) may have the opposite polarity as electrodes (932"', 935).
  • adjacent distal electrodes (934"') and proximal electrodes (933) may form an anode-cathode pair.
  • the distal electrodes (934"') may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes (933) may be configured as a cathode.
  • the electrodes (2630) on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of an adjacent spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode).
  • FIG. 9E illustrates the spline wires (944, 940, 942) forming an expanded structure (950) during use such as when deployed.
  • the spline wires (944, 940, 942) converge at their distal ends at a proximal end of a distal cap (912"") inside/within the expanded structure (950).
  • at least some electrodes (952, 954) on the spline wires (944, 940) may lie in a distal end plane (946) of the expanded structure (950).
  • the expanded structure (950) may be pressed against, for example, the posterior wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes in the distal end plane (946) using any suitable combination of polarities.
  • the electrodes 952 and 954 may be configured with opposite polarities.
  • the expanded structure (950) in FIG. 9E has a more orthogonal (e.g., flattened) shape that may be pressed against, for example, the posterior wall of the left atrium for tissue ablation.
  • the cross-sectional area of the expanded structure (930"") at the distal end plane (926"") is less than that the cross-sectional area of the expanded structure (950) at the distal end plane (946).
  • distal electrodes (952, 954) may be pressed against an endocardial surface and used to form a lesion via focal ablation (e.g., a spot lesion) as generally described herein for FIG. 9D.
  • each of the splines may include a polymer and define a lumen so as to form a hollow tube.
  • the one or more electrodes of the ablation device described herein may include a diameter from about 0.2 mm to about 2.0 mm and a length from about 0.2 mm to about 5.0 mm.
  • the electrode may include a diameter of about 1 mm and a length of about 1 mm.
  • the electrodes may be independently addressable, the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation.
  • different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail below.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver contiguous/transmural energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins.
  • alternate electrodes for example, all the distal electrodes
  • ablation can be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time.
  • a variety of such electrode pairing options exist and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
  • FIG. 26A is a perspective view of an embodiment of an ablation device (2600) having a flower-like shape and including a catheter shaft (2610) at a proximal end of the device (2600), a distal cap (2612) of the device (2600), and a set of splines (2620) coupled thereto.
  • a spline shaft (2614) may be coupled at a proximal end to the proximal handle (not shown) and coupled at a distal end to the distal cap (2612).
  • the distance between the distal cap (2612) and the catheter shaft (2610) may be less than about 8 mm.
  • the spline shaft (2614) and distal cap (2612) may be translatable along a longitudinal axis (2616) of the ablation device (2600).
  • the spline shaft (2614) and distal cap (2612) may move together.
  • the spline shaft (2614) may be configured to slide within a lumen of the catheter shaft (2610).
  • the distal cap (2612) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • a proximal end of each spline of the set of splines (2620) may pass through a distal end of the catheter shaft (2610) and be tethered to the catheter shaft within the catheter shaft lumen, and a distal end of each spline of the set of splines (2620) may be tethered to the distal cap (2612) of the device (2600).
  • the ablation device (2600) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform, as disclosed for example in FIGS. 21-25, to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (2620).
  • Each spline (2620) of the ablation device (2600) may include one or more jointly wired electrodes (2630) formed on a surface of the spline (2620), in some embodiments. In other embodiments, one or more of the electrodes (2630) on a given spline may be independently addressable electrodes (2630).
  • Each electrode (2630) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • Each spline (2620) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2630) within a body of the spline (2620) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2620)).
  • FIG. 26A illustrates a set of splines (2620) where each spline includes a set of electrodes (2632 or 2634) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (2634 or 2632) of an adjacent spline (2620). In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (2632, 2634) may differ.
  • each spline (2620) may vary based on the number of electrodes (2630) formed on each spline (2620) which may correspond to the number of insulated electrical leads in the spline (2620).
  • the splines (2620) may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or length.
  • Each spline of the set of splines (2620) may include a flexible curvature so as to rotate, or twist and bend and form a petal-shaped curve such as shown in FIGS. 26A-26C.
  • the minimum radius of curvature of a spline in the petal-shaped configuration may be in the range of about 7 mm to about 25 mm.
  • the set of splines may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (2600) and be configured to transform between a first configuration where the set of splines are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2600), and a second configuration where the set of splines rotate around, or twist and bend, and generally bias away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2600).
  • first configuration each spline of the set of splines may lie in one plane with the longitudinal axis of the ablation device.
  • each spline of the set of splines may bias away from the longitudinal axis to form a petal-like curve arranged generally perpendicular to the longitudinal axis.
  • the set of splines (2620) twist and bend and bias away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2600), thus allowing the splines (2620) to more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space, and particularly adjacent to the opening of a pulmonary ostium.
  • the second configuration may, for example, resemble the shape of a flower, when the ablation device is viewed from the front as best shown in FIG. 26C.
  • the each spline in the set of splines in the second configuration may twist and bend to form a petal-like curve that, when viewed from front, displays an angle between the proximal and distal ends of the curve of more than 180 degrees.
  • the set of splines may further be configured to transform from a second configuration to a third configuration where the set of splines (2620) may be impressed (e.g., in contact with) against target tissue such as tissue surrounding a pulmonary vein ostium.
  • the spline shaft (2614) coupled to the set of splines (2620) may allow each spline of the set of splines (2620) to bend and twist relative to the catheter shaft (2610) as the spline shaft (2614) slides within a lumen of the catheter shaft (2610).
  • the set of splines (2620) may form a shape generally parallel to a longitudinal axis of the spline shaft (2614) when undeployed, be wound (e.g., helically, twisted) about an axis (2660) parallel to the longitudinal axis of the spline shaft (2620) when fully deployed, and form any intermediate shape (such as a cage or barrel) in-between as the spline shaft (2614) slides within a lumen of the catheter shaft (2610).
  • any intermediate shape such as a cage or barrel
  • the set of splines in the first configuration may be wound about an axis (2660) parallel to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2610) in some portions along its length but elsewhere may otherwise be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2610).
  • the spline shaft (2614) may be retracted into the catheter shaft (2610) to transform the ablation device (2600) from the first configuration to the second configuration where the splines (2620) are generally angled or offset (e.g., perpendicular) with respect to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2610) and twisted. As shown in the front view of FIG.
  • each spline (2620) may form a twisting loop in this front view projection.
  • each spline (2620) has a set of electrodes (2630) having the same polarity.
  • each spline of the set of splines (2620) may form a twisted loop such that each spline overlaps one or more other splines.
  • the number and spacing of the electrodes (2630), as well as the rotated twist of the spline (2620) may be configured by suitable placement of electrodes along each spline to prevent overlap of an electrode (2630) on one spline with an electrode of an adjacent, overlapping spline (2620).
  • a spline having a set of anode electrodes (2632) may be activated together to deliver pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation. Electrodes on other splines may be activated together as cathode electrodes such as electrodes (2634) and (2635) on their respective splines so at to form an anode-cathode pairing for delivery of pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation, as shown in FIG. 26C.
  • the anode-cathode pairing and pulse waveform delivery can be repeated sequentially over a set of such pairings.
  • the splines (2620) may be activated sequentially in a clockwise or counter-clockwise manner.
  • the cathode splines may be activated sequentially along with respective sequential anode spline activation until ablation is completed.
  • the order of activation within the electrode of each spline may be varied as well.
  • the electrodes in a spline may be activated all at once or in a predetermined sequence.
  • the delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to make contact with the pulmonary vein ostium or antrum.
  • a handle may be coupled to the spline shaft (2614) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the handle may be configured to translate the spline shaft (2614) and distal cap (2612) relative to the catheter shaft (2610), thereby actuating the set of splines (2620) coupled to the distal cap and causing them to bend and twist.
  • the proximal ends of the splines (2620) may be fixed to the spline shaft (2614) thereby generating buckling of the splines (2620) resulting in a bending and twisting motion of the splines (2620), for example, as the distal cap (2612) and spline shaft (2614) are pulled back relative to the catheter shaft (2610) that may be held by a user.
  • a distal end of the set of splines (2620) tethered to the distal cap (2612) may be translated by up to about 60 mm along the longitudinal axis of the ablation device to actuate this change in configuration.
  • translation of an actuating member of the handle may bend and twist the set of splines (2620).
  • actuation of a knob, wheel, or other rotational control mechanism in the device handle may result in a translation of the actuating member or spline shaft and result in bending and twisting of the splines (2620).
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (2630) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (2600), such as, for example, within the handle.
  • Retraction of the spline shaft (2614) and distal cap (2612) may bring the set of splines (2620) closer together as shown in FIG. 26B where the set of splines (2620) are generally perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2610).
  • each spline of the set of splines (2620) may be biased laterally away from the longitudinal axis of the spline shaft (2614) by up to about 3 cm.
  • the spline shaft (2614) may include a hollow lumen.
  • the cross section of a spline may be asymmetric so as to have a larger bending stiffness in one bending plane of the spline orthogonal to the plane of the cross section than in a different bending plane.
  • Such asymmetric cross sections may be configured to present a relatively larger lateral stiffness and thereby may deploy with minimal overlap of the petal-shaped curves of each spline and its neighbors in the final or fully-deployed configuration.
  • each of the electrodes (2632) on a spline (2620) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (2634) on a different spline may be configured as a cathode.
  • the electrodes (2630) on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of another spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode).
  • the spline electrodes may be electrically activated in sequential manner to deliver a pulse waveform with each anode-cathode pairing.
  • the electrodes may be electrically wired together within the spline, while in alternate embodiments they may be wired together in the handle of the device, so that these electrodes are at the same electric potential during ablation.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (2630) may differ as well.
  • adjacent distal electrodes and proximal electrodes may form an anode-cathode pair.
  • the distal electrodes may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes may be configured as a cathode.
  • the ablation device (2600) may include any number of splines, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2600) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (2600) may include from 4 to 12 splines.
  • Each of the splines of the set of splines (2620) may include respective electrodes (2630) having an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. For example, the electrodes (2630) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue. In some embodiments, the electrodes (2630) may be located along any portion of the spline (2620) distal to the catheter shaft (2610). The electrodes (2630) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
  • the electrodes in the second configuration may be held close to or placed against a section of atrial wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities, as described herein.
  • the set of splines (2620) may be placed in contact against the atrial wall (2654) of atrium (2652) adjacent a pulmonary vein (2650) (e.g., ostium or antrum).
  • FIG. 26D is a schematic illustration of ablation (2664) generated by the ablation device (2600) on tissue, such as the tissue surrounding a pulmonary vein ostium.
  • tissue such as the tissue surrounding a pulmonary vein ostium.
  • activation of one or more of the electrodes (2630) on one or more of the splines (2620) may generate one or more corresponding ablation areas (2664) along a wall (2654) of a pulmonary vein antrum or ostium.
  • an outline of the ablation areas (2664) in the pulmonary vein ostium may have a diameter of between about 2 cm and about 6 cm, and may be about 3.5 cm. In this manner, a contiguous, transmural lesion may be generated, resulting in electrical isolation of the pulmonary vein, which is a desired therapeutic outcome.
  • the ablation catheter with its deployed electrodes may be placed adjacent to or against a section of posterior wall of the left atrium, and by activation of suitable electrode sets, an appropriate pulse waveform may be delivered for irreversible electroporation energy delivery to ablate tissue.
  • the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation.
  • different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail herein.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver contiguous/transmural energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins.
  • alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes.
  • ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time.
  • a variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
  • a distal-most portion of the ablation device may include a set of splines rather than a distal cap or another element that extends a length of a catheter shaft. This may aid positioning of the set of splines against tissue and reduce contact of other elements of an ablation device to tissue that may cause trauma to tissue.
  • FIG. 35 is a side view of an embodiment of an ablation device (3500) including a first catheter (3510) (e.g., outer catheter shaft) at a proximal end of the device (3500).
  • the first catheter (3510) may define a longitudinal axis (3550) and a lumen therethrough.
  • a second catheter (3520) may be slidably disposed within the first catheter lumen and extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen.
  • the second catheter (3520) may have a diameter smaller than a diameter of the first catheter (3510).
  • the second catheter (3520) may define a lumen therethrough.
  • the lumen may provide passage for another device such as a guidewire.
  • a set of splines (3530) may be coupled to the first catheter (3510) and the second catheter (3520).
  • a proximal portion of the set of splines (3530) may be coupled to a distal end of the first catheter (3510) and a distal portion of the set of splines (3530) may be coupled to a distal end of the second catheter (3520).
  • the second catheter (3520) may be translatable along a longitudinal axis (3550) of the ablation device (3500).
  • a proximal end of each spline of the set of splines (3530) may pass through a distal end of the first catheter (3510) and be tethered to the first catheter (3510) within the first catheter lumen.
  • a distal end of each spline of the set of splines (3530) may pass through a distal end of the second catheter (3520) and be tethered to the second catheter (3520) within the second catheter lumen.
  • a junction (3522) may be formed between a distal end of the second catheter (3520) and the set of splines (3530).
  • a polymer reflow process may be used to form a smooth, atraumatic junction between the second catheter (3520) and the set of splines (3530).
  • the ablation device (3500) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform, as disclosed for example in FIGS. 21 -26, to tissue during use via the electrodes of one or more splines of the set of splines (3530).
  • Each spline (3530) of the ablation device (3500) may include one or more electrodes (3540) formed on a surface of the spline (3530).
  • Each electrode (3540) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
  • Each spline (3530) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (3540) formed in a body of the spline (3530) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (3530)).
  • FIG. 35 illustrates a set of splines where each spline (3530) includes a set of electrodes (3540) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (3540) of an adjacent spline. In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (3540) may differ.
  • the ablation device (3500) may be configured for delivering a set of voltage pulse waveforms using a set of electrodes (3540) to ablate tissue.
  • the ablation device (3500) may be transformed from a first configuration to a second configuration such that the splines (3530) of the ablation device (3500) bow radially outward.
  • At least a portion of the set of splines (3530) may include a flexible curvature.
  • the set of splines (3530) may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (3500) and may be configured to transform between a first configuration where the set of splines (3530) are arranged generally closer to the longitudinal axis (3540) of the ablation device (3500) and a second configuration where the set of splines (3530) bow radially outward from a longitudinal axis (3540) of the ablation device (3500) to form a basket-like and/or flowerlike shape where each spline forms a "petal”.
  • the space curve shape of the splines in the second configuration may be described with respect to equations (l)-(3) corresponding to FIGS. 34A- 34B.
  • the integrated magnitude of the rotation rate of each of the splines of the set of splines (3530) along the length of each spline may be greater than ⁇ radians.
  • the "basket" of splines may have an asymmetric shape along the catheter length, so that one end (say the distal end) of the basket is more bulbous than the other end (say the proximal end) of the basket.
  • the delivery assembly may be advanced through a body cavity in the first configuration and transformed to the second configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform.
  • a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines (3530) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines (3530) between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • actuation of one or more knobs, wheels, sliders, pull wires, and/or other control mechanisms in the handle may result in translation of the second catheter (3520) relative to the first catheter (3510) and result in bending of the splines (3530).
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (3540) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (3500), such as, for example, within the handle.
  • the handle may be configured to translate the second catheter (3512) relative to the first catheter (3510), thereby actuating the set of splines (3530) and causing them to bend, as shown in FIG. 35.
  • each spline of the set of splines (3530) may be biased laterally away from the longitudinal axis (3540) of the second catheter (3512) by up to about 35 mm.
  • the set of splines (3530) in the second configuration may form a shape with an effective cross-sectional diameter at its largest portion of between about 10 mm and about 35 mm.
  • the set of splines may have a length between about 15 mm and about 50 mm.
  • each of the electrodes on a spline may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes on a different spline may be configured as a cathode. That is, the set of electrodes on adjacent splines may have opposite polarities.
  • the electrodes on one spline may altemate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of another spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode).
  • adj acent distal electrodes and proximal electrodes may form an anode-cathode pair.
  • the distal electrodes may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes may be configured as a cathode.
  • the electrodes may be electrically activated in a sequential manner to deliver a pulse waveform with each anode-cathode pairing.
  • the electrodes (3540) may be electrically wired together within the spline (3530), while in altemate embodiments they may be wired together in the handle of the device (3500), so that these electrodes (3540) are at the same electric potential during ablation.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (3540) may differ as well.
  • the splines (3530) may be activated sequentially in a clockwise or counter-clockwise manner.
  • the cathode splines may be activated sequentially along with respective sequential anode spline activation until ablation is completed.
  • the order of activation within the electrode (3540) of each spline (3530) may be varied as well.
  • the electrodes (3540) in a spline may be activated all at once or in a predetermined sequence.
  • the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. It should be appreciated that the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver energy to electrically isolate one or more regions of cardiac tissue. In some embodiments, alternate electrodes (for example, all the distal electrodes) can be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other electrodes (for example, all the proximal electrodes). Thus, ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time. A variety of such electrode pairing options exist and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
  • Each of the splines (3530) may be composed of a polymer and define a lumen so as to form a hollow tube.
  • the set of splines (3530) of the ablation device (3500) may have a diameter between about 1.0 mm to about 5.0 mm.
  • the set of electrodes (3540) of the ablation device (3500) may have a diameter between about 1.0 mm to about 5.0 mm and a length between about 0.2 mm to about 5.0 mm.
  • the ablation device (3500) may include any number of splines, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the ablation device (3500) may include 3 to 16 splines.
  • the ablation device (3500) may include from 3 to 14 splines.
  • Each of the splines of the set of splines (3530) may include respective electrodes (3540) having an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • the electrodes (3540) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion.
  • the electrodes (3540) may be located along any portion of the spline (3530) distal to the first catheter (3510).
  • the electrodes (3540) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
  • the ablation device (3500) may include any number of electrodes, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, or more electrodes per spline, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (3500) may include 2 to 12 electrodes per spline.
  • FIGS. 34A-34B are side views of a spline (3400) structurally and/or functionally similar to the splines described herein, such as the splines shown in FIGS. 36A-36C.
  • FIG. 34A is a side view of a spline having a unit tangent vector.
  • FIG. 34B is a side view of a spline having two unit tangent vectors.
  • FIGS. 34A-34B depict a spline (3400) having a flower petal-like shape and may correspond to the shape of a spline in a second configuration and/or third configuration as described in detail herein.
  • the spline (3400) is shown without other elements such as electrodes.
  • the curved spline (3400) includes a proximal end (3402) and a distal end (3404). At every point (3410) along the spline (3400), a unit tangent vector u (3420) may be defined.
  • FIG. 34B illustrates a unit tangent vector ui (3430) at the proximal end (3402) of the spline (3400) and a unit tangent vector 112 (3440) at the distal end (3404) of the spline (3400).
  • a rate of change of a unit tangent vector along the length of spline may be governed by the equation:
  • the rate of change of the unit tangent vector iT may be referred to as a rotation rate of the unit tangent vector along the spline.
  • the splines as described herein may be transitioned to form a petal shape may form a loop being twisted along its length such that the spline has torsion along its length.
  • the splines as described herein have an integrated magnitude of the rotation rate governed by the inequality:
  • the shape of the spline is generally a space curve with torsion, so that the derivative of the rotation rate generally has a component along b at least at some locations along the length of the spline, governed by the equation:
  • the deployed splines of the set of splines may satisfy both equations (2) and (3).
  • FIGS. 36A-36C are side views of an ablation catheter (3600) configured, when the distal splines are fully deployed, to have the deployed set of splines and a set of electrodes extending distal to the all other elements of the catheter (3600) so as to reduce trauma to tissue and aid positioning and contact between the set of electrodes and tissue.
  • FIG. 36A is a perspective view of an embodiment of an ablation device (3600) having a flower-like shape and including a first catheter (3610) at a proximal end of the device (3600).
  • the first catheter (3610) may define a longitudinal axis (3650) and a lumen therethrough.
  • a second catheter (3620) may be slidably disposed within the first catheter lumen and extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen.
  • the first catheter and second catheter together with a catheter handle for actuation may comprise a single device.
  • a set of splines (3630) may be coupled to the first catheter (3610) and the second catheter (3620).
  • the second catheter (3620) may be translatable along a longitudinal axis (3650) of the ablation device (3600).
  • a proximal end of each spline of the set of splines (3630) may pass through a distal end of the first catheter (3610) and be tethered to the first catheter (3610) within the first catheter lumen, and a distal end of each spline of the set of splines (3630) may be tethered to a distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620), as described in detail with respect to FIG. 35.
  • the ablation catheter (3600) does not include a distal cap or other protrusion extending from a distal end of a second catheter (3620), the device (3600) in a second configuration (e.g., flower shape) may engage with sensitive tissue such as a thin cardiac wall with a reduced risk of trauma from the device (3600).
  • the ablation device (3600) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform, as disclosed for example in FIGS. 21-26, to tissue during use via one or more electrodes on the set of splines (3630).
  • Each spline (3630) of the ablation device (3600) may include one or more jointly wired electrodes (3640) formed on a surface of the spline (3630), in some embodiments. In other embodiments, one or more of the electrodes (3640) on a given spline may be independently addressable electrodes (3640).
  • Each electrode (3640) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • Each spline (3630) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (3640) within a body of the spline (3630) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (3630)).
  • FIGS. 36A-36C illustrates a set of splines (3630) where each spline includes a set of electrodes (3640) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (3640) of an adjacent spline (3630). In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (3640) may differ.
  • each spline (3630) may vary based on the number of electrodes (3640) formed on each spline (3630) which may correspond to the number of insulated electrical leads in the spline (3630).
  • the splines (3630) may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or length.
  • Each spline of the set of splines (3630) may include a flexible curvature so as to rotate, or twist and bend and form a petal-shaped curve such as shown in FIGS. 26A-26C, 34A- 34B, and 36A-36C.
  • the minimum radius of curvature of a spline in the petal-shaped configuration may be between about 7 mm to about 25 mm.
  • the set of splines may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (3600) and be configured to transform between a first configuration where the set of splines are arranged generally closer to the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (3600), and a second configuration where the set of splines rotate around, or twist and bend, and generally bias away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (3600).
  • each spline of the set of splines may lie in one plane with the longitudinal axis of the ablation device.
  • each spline of the set of splines may bias away from the longitudinal axis to form a petal-like curve (e.g., flower shape) where the longitudinal axis of the splines is arranged generally perpendicular or has an acute angle relative to the longitudinal axis (3650).
  • a petal-like curve e.g., flower shape
  • the shape (e.g., bend, curve) of the set of splines may satisfy equations (l)-(3).
  • each spline in the set of splines in the second configuration may twist and bend to form a petal-like curve that, when viewed from the front, displays an angle between the proximal and distal ends of the curve of more than 180 degrees.
  • the second catheter (3620) coupled to the set of splines (3630) may allow each spline of the set of splines (3630) to bend and twist relative to the first catheter (3610) as the second catheter (3620) slides within a lumen of the first catheter (3610).
  • the set of splines (3630) may form a shape generally closer to a longitudinal axis of the second catheter (3620) when undeployed, and be wound (e.g., helically, twisted) about a longitudinal axis (3650) fully deployed, and form any intermediate shape (such as a cage or barrel) in-between as the second catheter (3620) slides within a lumen of the first catheter (3610).
  • the set of splines in the first configuration may be wound about the longitudinal axis (3650) of the first catheter (3610) in some portions along its length but elsewhere may otherwise be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the first catheter (3610).
  • the second catheter (3620) may be retracted into the first catheter (3610) to transform the ablation device (3600) from the first configuration to the second configuration where the splines (3630) twist to form a petal-like shape and are generally angled or offset (e.g., perpendicular, angled in a distal direction) with respect to the longitudinal axis (3650) of the first catheter (3610).
  • each spline (3630) may form a twisting loop (e.g., petal shapes where the set of splines together form a flower shape).
  • the set of splines (3630) in the second configuration may form a flower shape and may be angled in a distal direction.
  • FIG. 36A depicts the set of splines (3630) having at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines (3630) that extends distal to a distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620).
  • FIG. 36A shows that a distal portion of a spline intersects a plane (3660) (perpendicular to the longitudinal axis (3650)) that is distal to a distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620).
  • the set of splines (3630) will make contact before the first catheter (3610) and the second catheter (3620). This may reduce trauma to tissue since tissue may contact the flexible set of splines without having to contact the relatively suffer second catheter (3622).
  • FIG. 36B shows the set of splines (3630) in the second configuration forming a distal (e.g., forward) angle (3680) between a longitudinal axis (3670) of the spline (3630) and the longitudinal axis of the first catheter (3650).
  • the longitudinal axis (3670) of the spline (3630) may be defined by a line formed between an apex of the spline (3630) and a midpoint between a proximal end and distal end of the spline (3630).
  • the distal angle may be less than about 80 degrees.
  • the distal angle may be 60 degrees or less.
  • each spline of the set of splines (3620) may form a twisted loop such that each spline partially overlaps one or more other splines.
  • the number and spacing of the electrodes (3640), as well as the rotated twist of the spline (3630), may be configured by suitable placement of electrodes along each spline to prevent overlap of an electrode (3640) on one spline with an electrode of an adjacent, overlapping spline.
  • a spline having a set of anode electrodes may be activated together to deliver pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation. Electrodes on other splines may be activated together as cathode electrodes such as electrodes on their respective splines so at to form an anode-cathode pairing for delivery of pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation.
  • the anode-cathode pairing and pulse waveform delivery can be repeated sequentially over a set of such pairings.
  • the splines (3630) may be activated sequentially in a clockwise or counter-clockwise manner.
  • the cathode splines may be activated sequentially along with respective sequential anode spline activation until ablation is completed.
  • the order of activation within the electrode of each spline may be varied as well.
  • the electrodes in a spline may be activated all at once or in a predetermined sequence.
  • the delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to make contact with the pulmonary vein ostium or antrum.
  • FIG. 36C depicts the distal-most portion of the set of splines (3630) in close proximity and/or in contact with a tissue wall (3690) such as a posterior wall of a left atrium.
  • the set of splines (3630) in FIG. 36C are in the second configuration where at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines (3630) extend distal to a distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620).
  • the tissue (3690) may be a cardiac wall such as an endocardial surface of a posterior wall of a left atrium.
  • a distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620) may be separated from the tissue (3690) by a first distance (3692). Therefore, the ablation device (3600) in the second configuration may engage the tissue (3690) in an atraumatic manner with reduced risk of perforation or other trauma.
  • the ablation device (3600) may be used to ablate even thin tissue structures such as a posterior wall of a left atrium.
  • a handle may be coupled to the second catheter (3620) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the handle may be configured to translate the second catheter (3620) relative to the first catheter (3610), thereby actuating the set of splines (3630) coupled to the second catheter (3620) and causing them to bend and twist.
  • the proximal ends of the splines (3630) may be fixed to the second catheter (3620) thereby generating buckling of the splines (3630) resulting in a bending and twisting motion of the splines (3630), for example, as the second catheter (3620) is pulled back relative to the first catheter (3610) that may be held by a user.
  • a distal end of the set of splines (3630) tethered to the second catheter (3620) may be translated by up to about 60 mm along the longitudinal axis of the ablation device to actuate this change in configuration. In other words, translation of an actuating member of the handle may bend and twist the set of splines (3630).
  • actuation of a knob, wheel, or other rotational control mechanism in the device handle may result in a translation of the actuating member or second catheter and result in bending and twisting of the splines (3630).
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (3640) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (3600), such as, for example, within the handle. [0152] Retraction of the second catheter (3620) relative to the first catheter (3610) may bring the set of splines (3630) closer together as shown in FIGS. 36A-36C.
  • the set of splines (3630) are further generally perpendicular or angled distally relative to the longitudinal axis (3650) of the first catheter (3610).
  • each spline of the set of splines (3630) may be biased laterally away from the longitudinal axis (3650) by up to about 30 mm.
  • the second catheter (3620) may include a hollow lumen.
  • the cross section of a spline may be asymmetric so as to have a larger bending stiffness in one bending plane of the spline orthogonal to the plane of the cross section than in a different bending plane. Such asymmetric cross sections may be configured to present a relatively larger lateral stiffness and thereby may deploy with minimal overlap of the petal- shaped curves of each spline and its neighbors in the final or fully-deployed configuration.
  • each of the electrodes (3640) on a spline (3630) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (3640) on a different spline (3630) may be configured as a cathode.
  • the electrodes (3640) on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of another spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode).
  • the spline electrodes may be electrically activated in sequential manner to deliver a pulse waveform with each anode-cathode pairing.
  • the electrodes may be electrically wired together within the spline, while in alternate embodiments they may be wired together in the handle of the device, so that these electrodes are at the same electric potential during ablation.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (3640) may differ as well.
  • adjacent distal electrodes and proximal electrodes may form an anode-cathode pair.
  • the distal electrodes may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes may be configured as a cathode.
  • the ablation device (3600) may include any number of splines, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the ablation device (3600) may include 3 to 20 splines.
  • the ablation device (3600) may include from 4 to 12 splines.
  • Each of the splines of the set of splines (3630) may include respective electrodes (3640) having an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • the electrodes (3640) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue.
  • the electrodes (3640) may be located along any portion of the spline (3630) distal to the first catheter (3610).
  • the electrodes (3640) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
  • the electrodes in the second configuration may be held close to or placed against a section of atrial wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities, as described herein.
  • the set of splines (3630) may be placed in contact against the atrial wall (3654) of atrium (3652) adjacent a pulmonary vein (3650) (e.g., ostium or antrum) and/or posterior wall.
  • FIGS. 37A-37B are perspective views of an ablation catheter (3730) and a left atrium (3700).
  • FIG. 37A is a perspective view of an ablation catheter (3730) disposed in a left atrium (3700).
  • the left atrium (3700) includes a set of pulmonary veins (3720) and a posterior wall (3710).
  • the ablation device (3730) may be structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation devices (3500, 3600)) described herein may be advanced into the left atrium (3700) and positioned in proximity to and/or in contact with a posterior wall (3710) of the left atrium (3700) without perforating and/or causing trauma to the sensitive tissue of the posterior wall (3710).
  • the set of splines may extend distal to a distal end of a catheter coupled to the splines such that the flexible and atraumatic splines may be adjacent to or in contact with the posterior wall (3710) without any other portion of the device (3730) in contact with the posterior wall (3710).
  • the deployed device may engage thin tissue structures such as a cardiac wall with minimal risk of trauma from the ablation device (3700).
  • a set of pulse waveforms may be applied by the electrodes of the ablation device (3700) having a flower shape to ablate tissue within an ablation zone (3740).
  • FIG. 37B is a schematic of a perspective view of a left atrium (3700) after tissue ablation.
  • the ablation device (3700) may be used to generate a set of ablation zones (3740, 3742, 3744) on a posterior wall (3710) of the left atrium (3700).
  • activation with one or more of the electrodes on one or more of the splines of an ablation device (3730), repeated with movement of the catheter between complete ablations may generate the set of ablation zones (3740, 3742, 3744) along a posterior wall (3710) of a left atrium (3700).
  • the ablation zones (3740, 3742, 3744) may partially overlap with each other.
  • These contiguous overlapping ablation zones may approximately form a thick line of ablation (3746).
  • One or more ablation lines may connect to other ablation lines (e.g., generated around a pulmonary vein antrum or ostium) and/or ablation zones to thereby create a box lesion.
  • a set of contiguous ablation zones may be formed by the ablation device (3730) to form a box lesion around the posterior wall (3710) of the left atrium (3700) that also encircles one or more of the pulmonary veins (3720). In this manner, a contiguous, transmural lesion may be generated around all the pulmonary veins, resulting in electrical isolation of the pulmonary veins, to provide a desired therapeutic outcome.
  • each ablation zone of a set of ablation zones may have a diameter of between about 2 cm and about 6 cm.
  • an ablation zone may have a diameter of between about 2.3 cm and about 4.0 cm.
  • the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. It should be appreciated that the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver sufficient energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins. In some embodiments, alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes. Thus, in some embodiments, ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time. A variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
  • FIGS. 27A-27B are side views of an embodiment of an ablation device (2700) including a catheter shaft (2710) at a proximal end of the device (2700) and a set of splines (2720) coupled to the catheter shaft (2710) at a distal end of the device (2700).
  • the ablation device (2700) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (2720).
  • Each spline (2720) of the ablation device (2700) may include one or more possibly independently addressable electrodes (2730) formed on a surface (e.g., distal end) of the spline (2720).
  • Each electrode (2730) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • Each spline of the set of splines (2720) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2730) formed in a body of the spline (2720) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2720)). In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730) may be formed at the distal end of their respective spline (2720).
  • the set of splines (2720) may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (2700) and be configured to transform between a first configuration and a second configuration.
  • the set of splines (2720) in a first configuration are generally parallel to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and may be closely spaced together.
  • the set of splines (2720) in a second configuration are depicted in FIGS. 27A-27B where the set of splines (2720) extend out of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) and bias (e.g., curve) away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and other splines (2720).
  • the splines (2720) may more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space.
  • the delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to a section of cardiac tissue such as the posterior wall of the left atrium, or a ventricle.
  • a device delivering irreversible electroporation pulse waveforms may generate large lesions for focal ablations.
  • a distal end of the set of splines (2720) may be configured to bias away from a longitudinal axis of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) and bias away from the other splines.
  • Each spline of the set of splines (2720) may include a flexible curvature.
  • the minimum radius of curvature of a spline (2720) may be in the range of about 1 cm or larger.
  • a proximal end of the set of splines (2720) may be slidably coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710). Accordingly, a length of the set of splines (2720) may be varied as shown in FIGS. 27 A and 27B. As the set of splines (2720) are extended further out from the catheter shaft (2710), the distal ends of the set of splines (2720) may bias further away from each other and a longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710).
  • the set of splines (2720) may be slidably advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710) independently or in one or more groups.
  • the set of splines (2720) may be disposed within the catheter shaft (2710) in the first configuration.
  • the splines (2720) may then be advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710) and transformed into the second configuration.
  • the splines (2720) may be advanced all together or advanced such that the set of splines (2720) corresponding to the anode electrodes (2730) are advanced separately from the set of splines (2720) corresponding to the cathode electrodes (2730).
  • the splines (2720) may be advanced independently.
  • each of the set of splines (2720) may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) by up to about 5 cm.
  • the set of splines (2720) may have a fixed length from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710).
  • the splines (2720) may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) at equal or unequal lengths.
  • a spline having a greater radius of curvature than an adjacent spline may extend further from the catheter shaft (2710) than the adjacent spline.
  • the set of splines (2720) may be constrained by a lumen of a guide sheath, such that the set of splines (2720) are substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710) in the first configuration.
  • a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines.
  • the handle may be configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (2730) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within the handle.
  • the electrodes (2730) may be electrically wired together in the handle of the device (2700), so that these electrodes (2730) are at the same electric potential during ablation.
  • Each of the splines of the set of splines (2720) may include respective electrodes (2730) at a distal end of the set of splines (2720).
  • the set of electrodes (2730) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • the electrodes (2730) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue.
  • the electrodes (2730) may be located along any portion of the spline (2720) distal to the catheter shaft (2710).
  • the electrodes (2730) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
  • an electrode (2730) on a spline (2720) may be configured as an anode while an electrode (2730) on an adjacent spline (2720) may be configured as a cathode.
  • the ablation device (2700) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2700) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (2700) may include 6 to 12 splines.
  • FIGS. 27A-27B are side views of an embodiment of an ablation device (2700) including a catheter shaft (2710) at a proximal end of the device (2700) and a set of splines (2720) coupled to the catheter shaft (2710) at a distal end of the device (2700).
  • the ablation device (2700) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (2720).
  • Each spline (2720) of the ablation device (2700) may include one or more possibly independently addressable electrodes (2730) formed on a surface (e.g., distal end) of the spline (2720).
  • Each electrode (2730) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • Each spline of the set of splines (2720) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2730) formed in a body of the spline (2720) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2720)). In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730) may be formed at the distal end of their respective spline (2720).
  • the set of splines (2720) may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (2700) and be configured to transform between a first configuration and a second configuration.
  • the set of splines (2720) in a first configuration are generally parallel to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and may be closely spaced together.
  • the set of splines (2720) in a second configuration are depicted in FIGS. 27A-27B where the set of splines (2720) extend out of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) and bias (e.g., curve) away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and other splines (2720).
  • the splines (2720) may more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space.
  • the delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to a section of cardiac tissue such as the posterior wall of the left atrium, or a ventricle.
  • a device delivering irreversible electroporation pulse waveforms may generate large lesions for focal ablations.
  • a distal end of the set of splines (2720) may be configured to bias away from a longitudinal axis of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) and bias away from the other splines.
  • Each spline of the set of splines (2720) may include a flexible curvature.
  • the minimum radius of curvature of a spline (2720) may be in the range of about 1 cm or larger.
  • a proximal end of the set of splines (2720) may be slidably coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710). Accordingly, a length of the set of splines (2720) may be varied as shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B. As the set of splines (2720) are extended further out from the catheter shaft (2710), the distal ends of the set of splines (2720) may bias further away from each other and a longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710).
  • the set of splines (2720) may be slidably advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710) independently or in one or more groups.
  • the set of splines (2720) may be disposed within the catheter shaft (2710) in the first configuration.
  • the splines (2720) may then be advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710) and transformed into the second configuration.
  • the splines (2720) may be advanced all together or advanced such that the set of splines (2720) corresponding to the anode electrodes (2730) are advanced separately from the set of splines (2720) corresponding to the cathode electrodes (2730).
  • the splines (2720) may be advanced independently.
  • each of the set of splines (2720) may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) by up to about 5 cm.
  • the set of splines (2720) may have a fixed length from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710).
  • the splines (2720) may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) at equal or unequal lengths.
  • a spline having a greater radius of curvature than an adjacent spline may extend further from the catheter shaft (2710) than the adjacent spline.
  • the set of splines (2720) may be constrained by a lumen of a guide sheath, such that the set of splines (2720) are substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710) in the first configuration.
  • a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines.
  • the handle may be configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (2730) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within the handle.
  • the electrodes (2730) may be electrically wired together in the handle of the device (2700), so that these electrodes (2730) are at the same electric potential during ablation.
  • Each of the splines of the set of splines (2720) may include respective electrodes (2730) at a distal end of the set of splines (2720).
  • the set of electrodes (2730) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • the electrodes (2730) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue.
  • the electrodes (2730) may be located along any portion of the spline (2720) distal to the catheter shaft (2710).
  • the electrodes (2730) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
  • an electrode (2730) on a spline (2720) may be configured as an anode while an electrode (2730) on an adjacent spline (2720) may be configured as a cathode.
  • the ablation device (2700) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2700) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (2700) may include 6 to 12 splines.
  • each electrode (2730) is formed on a surface of each spline (2720) such that each spline (2720) includes one insulated electrical lead.
  • a lumen of the spline (2720) may therefore be reduced in diameter and allow the spline (2720) to be thicker and more mechanically robust.
  • dielectric breakdown of the insulation may be further reduced, thereby improving reliability and longevity of each spline (2720) and the ablation device (2700).
  • the radius of curvature of the spline may vary over a length of the spline. For example, the radius of curvature may be monotonically increasing.
  • Such a variable radius of curvature may aid in positioning the electrodes (2730) at some locations of endocardial tissue.
  • the splines (2720) may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or radius of curvature. For example, the thickness of each spline may reduce distally.
  • the electrodes in the second configuration may be pressed against, for example, the posterior wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate localized or focal lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities.
  • adjacent electrodes (2730) may be configured with opposite polarities.
  • the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation.
  • different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail herein.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver transmural lesions over relatively wide areas of endocardial tissue.
  • alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes.
  • ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time.
  • a variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
  • FIG. 27C it is understood that unless indicated otherwise, components with similar references numbers to those in FIGS. 27A-27B (e.g., the electrode (2730) in FIGS. 27A-27B and the electrode (2730') in FIG. 27C) may be structurally and/or functionally similar.
  • FIG. 27C it is understood that unless indicated otherwise, components with similar references numbers to those in FIGS. 27A-27B (e.g., the electrode (2730) in FIGS. 27A-27B and the electrode (2730') in FIG. 27C) may be structurally and/or functionally similar.
  • the ablation device (2700') includes a catheter shaft (2710') at a proximal end of the device (2700') and a set of splines (2720') coupled to the catheter shaft (2710') at a distal end of the device (2700').
  • the ablation device (2700') may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (2720').
  • Each spline (2720') of the ablation device (2700') may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (2730', 2740) formed on a surface of the spline (2720').
  • Each electrode (2730', 2740) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
  • the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • Each spline of the set of splines (2720') may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2730', 2740) formed in a body of the spline (2720') (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2720')).
  • Each electrode (2730', 2740) of a spline (2720') may have about the same size and shape.
  • each electrode (2730', 2740) of a spline (2720') may have about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (2730', 2740) of an adjacent spline (2720'). In other embodiments, the size, shape, number, and spacing of the electrodes (2730', 2740) may differ.
  • the electrodes (2730', 2740) of the ablation device (2700') may have a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5.0 mm and a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 0.5 mm to about 4.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the spline wires (2720') in the second configuration may splay out to an extent Sd at a distal end of the ablation device (2700') from about 5.0 mm to about 20.0 mm from each other (including all values and subranges in between), and may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710') for a length Si from about 8.0 mm to about 20.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the ablation device (2700') may include 4 splines, 5 splines, or 6 splines.
  • each spline may independently include 1 electrode, 2 electrodes, or 3 or more electrodes.
  • the set of splines (2720') may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (2700') and be configured to transform between a first configuration and a second configuration.
  • the set of splines (2720') in a first configuration are generally parallel to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and may be closely spaced together.
  • the set of splines (2720') in a second configuration are depicted in FIG. 27C where the set of splines (2720') extend out of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710') and bias (e.g., curve) away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700') and other splines (2720').
  • the splines (2720') may more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space.
  • the delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to contact a region of endocardial tissue to generate large focal lesions upon delivery of pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation as disclosed herein.
  • the electrodes (2730') also sometimes referred to as "distal electrodes" in the second configuration depicted in FIG. 27C may be configured to contact and press against endocardial tissue while the electrodes (2740) (also sometimes referred to as "proximal electrodes") in the second configuration may not contact endocardial tissue. In this manner, an electric field generated by the electrodes due to conduction between the proximal and distal electrodes through the blood pool results in focal ablation of tissue.
  • a proximal end of the set of splines (2720') may be slidably coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710'). As the set of splines (2720') are extended further out from the catheter shaft (2710'), the distal ends of the set of splines (2720') may bias further away from each other and a longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710').
  • the set of splines (2720') may be slidably advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710') independently or in one or more groups. For example, the set of splines (2720') may be disposed within the catheter shaft (2710') in the first configuration.
  • the splines (2720') may then be advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710') and transformed into the second configuration.
  • the splines (2720') may be advanced all together or advanced such that the set of splines (2720') corresponding to the anode electrodes (2730) are advanced separately from the set of splines (2720') corresponding to the cathode electrodes (2730', 2740).
  • the splines (2710') may be advanced independently through respective lumens (e.g., sheaths) of the catheter shaft (2710').
  • each of the set of splines (2720') may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710') by up to about 5 cm.
  • the distal electrodes (2730') may have the same polarity while adjacent proximal electrodes (2740) may have the opposite polarity as the distal electrodes (2730'). In this manner, an electric field may be generated between the distal and proximal electrodes for focal ablation.
  • a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines. The handle may be configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (2730', 2740) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within the handle.
  • the electrodes (2730', 2740) may be electrically wired together in the handle of the device (2700'), so that these electrodes (2730', 2740) are at the same electric potential during ablation.
  • the set of electrodes (2730', 2740) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • the electrodes (2730', 2740) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue.
  • the electrodes (2730', 2740) may be located along any portion of the spline (2720') distal to the catheter shaft (2710').
  • the electrodes (2730', 2740) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
  • One or more of the splines (2720') may include three or more electrodes.
  • each of the electrodes (2730') on a spline (2720') may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (2730') on an adjacent spline (2720') may be configured as a cathode.
  • each of the electrodes (2730') on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with each of the electrodes of an adjacent spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode).
  • a subset of electrodes may be electrically wired together in the handle of the device, so that these electrodes are at the same electric potential during ablation.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (2730) may differ as well.
  • adjacent distal electrodes (2730') and proximal electrodes (2740) may form an anode-cathode pair.
  • the distal electrodes (2730') may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes (2740) may be configured as a cathode.
  • the ablation device (2700') may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the ablation device (2700') may include 3 to 20 splines.
  • the ablation device (2700) may include 6 to 12 splines.
  • each spline (2720') includes two insulated electrical leads.
  • the thickness of each spline may vary based on the number of electrodes formed on each spline (2720') which may correspond to the number of insulated electrical leads in the spline (2720').
  • the splines (2720') may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or radius of curvature. For example, the thickness of each spline (2720') may reduce distally.
  • the electrodes in the second configuration may be placed against, a section of endocardial tissue to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities for delivery of pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation.
  • adjacent electrodes 2730', 2740
  • adjacent electrodes may be configured with opposite polarities.
  • the electrodes may be independently addressable, the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation.
  • different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail herein.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver contiguous/transmural energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins.
  • alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes.
  • ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time.
  • a variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
  • FIG. 28 is a side view of yet another embodiment of an ablation device (2800) including a catheter shaft (2810) at a proximal end of the device (2800), a distal cap (2812) of the device (2800), and a set of splines (2814) coupled thereto.
  • the ablation device (2800) is useful for forming lesions on endocardial surfaces via focal ablation, as described herein.
  • the distal cap (2812) may include an atraumatic shape and one or more independently addressable electrodes (2816) (also sometimes referred to as "distal electrodes"), as described in further detail herein.
  • a proximal end of the set of splines (2814) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (2810), and a distal end of the set of splines (2814) may be tethered to the distal cap (2812) of the device (2800).
  • Each spline (2814) of the ablation device (2800) may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (2818) (also sometimes referred to as "proximal electrodes”) formed on a surface of the spline (2814).
  • Each electrode (2816, 2818) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and subranges in between.
  • Each spline (2814) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2818) formed in a body of the spline (2814) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2814)).
  • One or more of the splines (2818) may further include the insulated electrical lead of the distal electrode (2816). In some embodiments, the size and/or shape of the electrodes (2816, 2818) may differ from each other.
  • the configuration of the set of splines (2814) and proximal electrodes (2818) may control a depth, shape, and/or diameter/size of a focal ablation lesion generated by the ablation device (2800).
  • the ablation device (2800) may be configured to transform between a first configuration, where the set of splines (2814) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2800), and a second configuration, where the set of splines (2814) bow radially outward from a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2800). It is understood that the set of splines (2814) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first and second configurations, continuously or in discrete steps.
  • Activation of electrodes using a predetermined configuration may provide targeted and precise focal ablation by controlling a focal ablation spot size based on the expansion of the splines (2814).
  • a distal electrode (2816) may be configured with a first polarity and one or more proximal electrodes (2818) may be configured with a second polarity opposite the first polarity.
  • proximal electrodes (2818) of the ablation device (2800) are in the first configuration, a high intensity electric field having a relatively smaller/more focused diameter results in a focal ablation lesion on an endocardial surface that is relatively smaller in diameter and has greater depth.
  • proximal electrodes (2818) of the ablation device (2800) When the proximal electrodes (2818) of the ablation device (2800) are in the second configuration, a relatively more dispersed electric field is generated, resulting in a focal ablation lesion on an endocardial surface that is relatively wider and shallower than with the first configuration.
  • the depth, shape, and/or size of the lesion can be controlled without switching out the ablation device (2800).
  • Such aspects are useful for creating multiple lesions of varying sizes and/or depths using the same ablation device.
  • the distal cap (2812) may be disposed to press against the endocardial tissue while the proximal electrodes (2818) in either the first or second configurations may be configured so as to not contact endocardial tissue. It should be appreciated that the distal electrode (2816) need not contact endocardial tissue.
  • a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines (2814) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines (2814) between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (2800), such as, for example, within the handle.
  • the distal electrode (2816) and proximal electrodes (2818) may form anode-cathode pairs.
  • the distal electrode (2816) may be configured as an anode and each of the proximal electrodes (2818) may be configured as cathodes.
  • the ablation device (2800) may include 3 to 12 splines.
  • the ablation device (2800) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines.
  • the ablation device (2800) may include 3 to 20 splines.
  • the ablation device (2800) may include 6 to 10 splines.
  • the shape of the expanded set of splines (2814) may be asymmetric, for example with its distal portion being more bulbous or rounded than its proximal portion. Such a bulbous distal portion (as well as proximal electrode positioning) may aid in further controlling a size and depth of focal ablation.
  • a first plane (2822) depicted in FIG. 28 may refer to a plane orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2810).
  • the distal cap (2812) may be pressed against, for example, an endocardial surface lying within the first plane (2812), such as a lumen wall of a pulmonary vein in order to directly generate focal ablation lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities.
  • distal electrode (2816) may be pressed against an endocardial surface and used to form focal ablation lesions (e.g., spot lesions).
  • one or more proximal electrodes (2818) may be configured with an opposite polarity to that of the distal electrode (2816).
  • proximal electrodes (2818) may be configured with the same polarity as the distal electrodes (2816).
  • the proximal electrodes (2818) on different splines (2814) may alternate between an anode and cathode.
  • the distal electrode (2816) of the ablation device (2800) may include a length from about 0.5 mm to about 7.0 mm and a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 0.5 mm to about 4.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the proximal electrodes (2818) may include a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5.0 mm and a diameter from about 0.5 mm to about 2.5 mm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the distal electrode (2816) may be separated from the proximal electrodes (2818) by a length from about 3.0 mm to about 12.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the distal electrode (2816) disposed on the distal cap (2812) may be located from about 1.0 mm to about 4.0 mm away from a distal end of the distal cap (2812) , including all values and subranges in between.
  • the distal end of the distal cap (2812) may include the distal electrode (2816).
  • One or more focal ablation zones may be formed including a diameter from about 1.0 cm to about 2.0 cm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • FIGS. 29A-29D are side views of yet another embodiment of an ablation device (2900) including an outer catheter or sheath (2902) and a set of inner catheters (2910, 2920) slidable within an outer catheter lumen so as to extend from a distal end of the lumen.
  • the outer catheter may define a longitudinal axis.
  • the inner diameter of the outer catheter (2902) may be about 0.7 mm to about 3 mm and the outer diameter of the outer catheter (2902) may be about 2 mm to about 5 mm. As best seen in FIGS.
  • the ablation device (2900) includes a first catheter (2910) having a first proximal portion (2912), a first distal portion (2914), and a first electrode (2916) formed on the first distal portion (2914), such as on a surface of the first distal portion (2914), for example.
  • the first proximal portion (2912) may be coupled to the first distal portion (2914) via a first hinge (2918).
  • a second catheter (2920) includes a second proximal portion (2922), a second distal portion (2924), and a second electrode (2926) formed on the second distal portion (2924).
  • the second proximal portion (2922) may be coupled to the second distal portion (2924) via a second hinge (2928).
  • the ablation device (2900) is useful for forming lesions on endocardial surfaces via focal ablation, as described herein.
  • the distal ends of the catheters (2910, 2920) and/or the electrodes (2916, 2922) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • the distal end of the catheters (2910, 2920) and/or the electrodes (2916, 2922) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue.
  • Each electrode (2916, 2926) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and subranges in between.
  • Each catheter (2910, 2920) may include the insulated electrical lead of each electrode (2916, 2926) formed in a body of the catheter (2910, 2920) (e.g., within a lumen of the catheter (2910, 2920)).
  • Each of the electrodes (2916, 2926) may be connected to a corresponding insulated electrical lead leading to a handle (not shown) coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter (2910, 2920). In some embodiments, the size, shape, and/or location of the electrodes (2916, 2926) may differ from each other.
  • the configuration of the catheters (2910, 2920) and electrodes (2916, 2926) may control a depth, shape, and/or diameter/size of a focal ablation lesion generated by the ablation device (2900).
  • the first and secfond catheters (2910, 2920) may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (2902).
  • the ablation device (2900) may be configured to transform between: a first configuration, where the set of catheters (2910, 2920) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (2902) and a distal portion of the catheters (2910, 2920) are disposed within the outer catheter (2902) (e.g., FIG.
  • each catheter (2910, 2920) may rotate, twist, or bend about its corresponding hinge (2918, 2928) relative to a proximal portion of its corresponding catheter (2910, 2920) (e.g., FIGS. 29B-29D).
  • FIGS. 29B-29D For example, as best illustrated in FIGS.
  • the first catheter (2910) may include a distal portion (2914) rotatable about a first hinge (2918) that may be configured to position the distal portion (2914) relative to the proximal portion (2912) at a plurality of positions.
  • the catheters (2910, 2912) in the second and third configurations may angle away from each other so as to bias away from a longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (2902).
  • a distal end of the proximal portions (2912, 2922) may form an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis between about 5 degrees and about 75 degrees (e.g., FIG. 29D). It is understood that the ablation device (2900) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first, second, and third configurations, continuously or in discrete steps.
  • conduction between electrodes through the blood pool and/or endocardial tissue results in electric field generation and application of the electric field as ablative energy to an endocardial surface.
  • the electrodes may be held close to or placed in physical contact against a section of atrial wall of the left atrium in order to generate lesions thereupon by activation of one or more of the electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities.
  • activation of electrodes using a predetermined configuration may provide targeted and precise focal ablation by controlling a focal ablation spot size based on the position and orientation of the electrodes (2916, 2926) relative to a proximal portion (2912, 2922) of the catheters (2910, 2920).
  • a first electrode (2916) may be configured with a first polarity and a second electrode (2926) may be configured with a second polarity opposite the first polarity.
  • the electrodes (2916, 2926) are rotated such that they are relatively close to each other (e.g., when the proximal portion (2912) and distal portion (2914) form an acute angle (2950))
  • a relatively higher intensity electric field that has a relatively small er/more focused diameter results in a focal ablation lesion on an endocardial surface that is relatively smaller in diameter and has a good depth.
  • the acute angle formed at the articulated hinge may range between about 15 degrees and about 70 degrees.
  • the electric field intensity in the focal ablation zone may be about 200 V/cm or more.
  • the electrodes (2916, 2926) are rotated about their corresponding hinges (2918,2928) such that they are relatively farther from each other (e.g., when the proximal portion (2912) and distal portion (2914) form a larger angle)
  • a relatively more dispersed and lower intensity electric field is generated, resulting in a focal ablation lesion on an endocardial surface that is relatively wider and shallower.
  • the depth, shape, and/or size of the lesion can be controlled without switching out the ablation device (2900).
  • the lesion diameter may be from about 2 mm to about 3 cm, and the lesion depth may be between about 2 mm and about 12 mm.
  • the electrodes (2916, 2926) may be disposed to touch endocardial tissue, it should be appreciated that the electrodes (2916, 2926) need not contact the endocardial tissue.
  • a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of catheters (2910, 2920) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the catheters (2910, 2920) between the first, second, and third configurations.
  • actuation of one or more knobs, wheels, sliders, pull wires, and/or other control mechanisms in the handle may result in translation of one or more catheters (2910, 2920) through the outer catheter (2902) and/or rotation of a distal portion (2914, 2924) of the catheter about a hinge (2918, 2928).
  • FIGS. 29B-29C depict a first catheter (2910) having an articulated distal portion (2914).
  • the first catheter (2910) may include a proximal portion (2912) coupled to a distal portion (2914) via a hinge (2918).
  • the distal portion (2914) may include an electrode (2916) as described herein.
  • the hinge (2918) may include a rotatable wheel.
  • the hinge (2918) may include a portion of the proximal portion (2912) or distal portion (2914) having a reduced cross-sectional area relative to the first catheter (2910) that is more flexible than other portions of the catheter.
  • the hinge (2918) may include a joint, rotatable wheel, ball and socket joint, condyloid joint, saddle joint, pivot, track, and the like.
  • the rotatable wheel may be coupled to a wire (2917) (e.g., pull wire).
  • the wire (2917) may be attached around the hinge (2918) and the distal portion (2914) may be attached to a portion of the hinge (2918).
  • actuation (2930) of the wire (2917) e.g., pulling one end of the wire proximally
  • the distal portion may rotate with respect to the proximal portion by an angle from about 110 degrees to about 165 degrees, and the length of the distal portion may be from about 3 mm to about 12 mm.
  • a proximal end of the wire (2917) may in some embodiments be coupled to a handle (not shown) having a control mechanism (e.g., one or more knobs, wheels, sliders). The operator may operate the control mechanism to manipulate the wire (2917) to rotate the distal portion (2914) of the first catheter (2910) about the hinge (2918).
  • the control mechanism of the handle may include a lock to fix a position of the distal portion (2914).
  • FIG. 29B depicts an embodiment of the first catheter (2910) having the distal portion (2914) in between the second and third configurations.
  • FIG. 29C depicts an embodiment of the first catheter (2910) in the third configuration.
  • the electrodes (2916, 2926) may bias towards each other in the third configuration.
  • FIG. 29D depicts an embodiment of the ablation device (2900) in the third configuration, where distal portions of the first and second catheters (2910, 2920) are extended out of an outer catheter or sheath (2902) and rotated to a desired position (e.g., fully rotated, fully articulated) relative to proximal portions (2912, 2922) of the catheters (2910, 2920).
  • a desired position e.g., fully rotated, fully articulated
  • the wires (2912, 2922) of each of the catheters (2910, 2920) may be coupled together at the handle such that actuation of the control mechanism controls the wires (2912, 2922) together such that the distal portions (2914, 2924) of each of the catheters (2910, 2920) may be simultaneously rotated about their respective hinges (2918, 2928).
  • the first and second catheters (2910, 2920) may bias away from the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (2902).
  • one or more portions of the catheters (2910, 2920) may assume their natural (e.g., unconstrained) shape(s), such as a curved shape.
  • the catheters (2910, 2920) may be advanced out of the outer catheter (2902) together or independently.
  • the proximal portions (2912, 2922) of the catheters (2910, 2920) may include a flexible curvature such that the distal ends of the catheters (2910, 2920) may be configured to splay away from each other.
  • the minimum radius of curvature of the catheter (2910, 2920) may be in the range of about 1 cm or larger.
  • the proximal portions (2912, 2922) may have a radius of curvature of about 1 cm or larger.
  • the distal portions (2914, 2924) may have a radius of curvature of about 1 cm or larger.
  • the electrodes (2916, 2926) of the ablation device (2900) may include a length from about 0.5 mm to about 7.0 mm and a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 0.5 mm to about 4.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the electrodes (2916, 2926) of different catheters (2910, 2920) may be separated from each other by a distance from about 3.0 mm to about 20 mm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the electrode (2916, 2926) may be located from about 1.0 mm to about 4.0 mm away from a distal end of its corresponding catheter (2910, 2920), including all values and subranges in between.
  • the distal end of the catheter (2910, 2920) may include the electrode (2916, 2926).
  • One or more focal ablation lesions may be formed including a diameter from about 1.0 cm to about 2.0 cm, including all values and subranges in between.
  • FIG. 30 is a side view of another embodiment of an ablation device (3000) including an outer catheter or sheath (3010) defining a longitudinal axis and a set of four catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) slidable within a lumen (3010).
  • an outer catheter or sheath (3010) defining a longitudinal axis and a set of four catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) slidable within a lumen (3010).
  • 3050 may include a proximal portion (3023, 3033, 3043, 3053), distal portion (3024, 3034, 3044, 3054), and a hinge (3021, 3031 , 3041 , 3051) coupling the proximal portion (3023, 3033, 3043, 3053) to the distal portion (3024, 3034, 3044, 3054).
  • Each of the distal portions (3024, 3034, 3044, 3054) may include an electrode (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052).
  • the distal ends of the catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) and/or the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may include an atraumatic shape (e.g., rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion) to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • Each of the catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) may include a hinge (3021, 3031 , 3041,
  • Each electrode (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and subranges in between.
  • Each catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) may include the insulated electrical lead of each electrode (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) formed in a body of the catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) (e.g., within a lumen of the catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050)).
  • Each of the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may be connected to a corresponding insulated electrical lead leading to a handle (not shown) coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter.
  • the size, shape, and/or location of the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may differ from each other.
  • the configuration of the catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) and electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may control a depth, shape, and/or diameter/size of a focal ablation lesion generated by the ablation device (3000).
  • the set of catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) may be configured to translate along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first, second, and third configuration.
  • the ablation device (3000) may be configured to transform between: a first configuration, where the set of catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter or sheath (3010) and a distal portion of the catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) are disposed within the outer catheter (3010); a second configuration, where the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) are advanced out of and away from a distal end (301 1) of the outer catheter (3010) lumen by any suitable distance distance; and a third configuration, where a distal portion of each catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) may rotate, twist, or bend about its corresponding hinge (3021 , 3031 , 3041, 3051) relative to a proximal portion of its corresponding catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) (e.g., FIG.
  • the first catheter (3020) may include a distal portion (3024) rotatable about a first hinge (3021) that may be configured to position the distal portion (3024) relative to the proximal portion (3023) at a plurality of positions as discussed above with respect to FIGS. 29A-29D.
  • the ablation device (3000) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first, second, and third configurations, continuously or in discrete steps.
  • the set of catheters may bias away from the longitudinal axis.
  • one or more pulse waveforms may be applied between the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) configured in anode and cathode sets.
  • first electrode (3022) may be configured as an anode and paired with second electrode (3032) configured as a cathode.
  • Third electrode (3042) may be configured as an anode and paired with fourth electrode (3052) configured as a cathode.
  • the first and second electrode (3022, 3032) pair may apply a first pulse waveform followed sequentially by second pulse waveform using the third and fourth electrode (3042, 3052) pair.
  • a pulse waveform may be applied simultaneously to each of the electrodes where the second and third electrodes (3032, 3042) may be configured as anodes and the first and fourth electrodes (3022, 3052) may be configured as cathodes. It should be appreciated that any of the pulse waveforms disclosed herein may be progressively or sequentially applied over a sequence of anode-cathode electrodes.
  • Some embodiments of the ablation device (3000) may have the same dimensions as described above with respect to the ablation device (2900).
  • one or more of the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may be configured with a first electrical polarity, while one or more electrodes (not shown) disposed on a surface of the outer catheter shaft (3010) (not shown) may be configured with a second electrical polarity opposite the first electrical polarity.
  • FIG. 31A-31B are perspective views of a yet another embodiment of an ablation device (3100) including an outer catheter or sheath (31 10) defining a longitudinal axis and a catheter (3160) slidable within a outer catheter lumen.
  • the catheter (3160) may extend from a distal end of the lumen.
  • the catheter (3160) may include a proximal portion (3160), multiple distal portions (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152), and articulation (3162) coupling the proximal portion to each of the multiple distal portions.
  • articulation (3162) may include a hinge, joint, rotatable wheel, ball and socket joint, condyloid joint, saddle joint, pivot, track, and the like.
  • the distal portions (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152) are folded back within the outer catheter (31 10) and internal springs (not shown) connecting to each portion are in a stressed configuration when each distal portion (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152) is folded.
  • the springs assume their native or unstressed configurations resulting in articulation of the articulation (3162) whereupon the distal portions (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152) articulate outward and assume a configuration approximately perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the catheter. As shown in FIG.
  • the distal end of the catheter (3160) may be coupled to a set of electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) via articulation (3162).
  • the articulation (3162) may be coupled to a first distal portion (3122), a second distal portion (3132), a third distal portion (3142), and a fourth distal portion (3152).
  • the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may be disposed on a surface of respective distal portions (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152).
  • the distal portions (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may assume their natural (e.g., unconstrained) shapes so as to be approximately perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the catheter (3160).
  • the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may include an atraumatic shape (e.g., rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion) to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • Each electrode (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and subranges in between.
  • the catheter (3160) may include the insulated electrical lead of each electrode (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) formed in a body (e.g., lumen) of the catheter (3160).
  • Each of the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may be connected to a corresponding insulated electrical lead leading to a handle (not shown) coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter (3160).
  • the size, shape, and/or location of the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may differ from each other.
  • the catheter (3160) may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first, second, and third configuration.
  • the ablation device (3100) may be configured to transform between: a first configuration, where the set of electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (31 10) and within the outer catheter (31 10) (e.g., FIG. 31A); a second configuration, where the set of electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) are advanced out of and away from the distal end (311 1) of the outer catheter lumen by any suitable distance (not shown in FIG.
  • the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may rotate, twist, or bend about its corresponding articulation (3162) relative to a proximal portion of the catheter (3160) (e.g., FIG. 3 IB).
  • the transition from the first configuration to the second and third configurations may be performed by advancing the catheter (3160) and electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) out of a distal end of the outer catheter (3110). It is understood that the ablation device (3100) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first, second, and third configurations, continuously or in discrete steps.
  • FIG. 31B illustrates the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) evenly spaced apart to form a plus ("+") shape. However, an angle between adjacent electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may be selected based upon a desired focal ablation partem. Similarly, the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) in FIG. 3 IB are approximately perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the catheter (3160) but may be adjusted based upon a set of ablation parameters.
  • one or more pulse waveforms may be applied between the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) configured in anode and cathode sets. For example, adjacent or approximately diametrically opposed electrode pairs may be activated together as an anode-cathode set.
  • first electrode (3120) may be configured as an anode and paired with third electrode (3140) configured as a cathode.
  • Second electrode (3130) may be configured as an anode and paired with fourth electrode (3150) configured as a cathode.
  • the first and third electrode (3120, 3140) pair may apply a first pulse waveform followed sequentially by second pulse waveform using the second and fourth electrode (3130, 3150) pair.
  • a pulse waveform may be applied simultaneously to each of the electrodes where the first and second electrodes (3120, 3130) may be configured as anodes and the third and fourth electrodes (3140, 3150) may be configured as cathodes. It should be appreciated that any of the pulse waveforms disclosed herein may be progressively or sequentially applied over a sequence of anode-cathode electrodes.
  • one or more of the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may be configured with a first electrical polarity, and one or more electrodes disposed on a surface of the outer catheter shaft (3110) may be configured with a second electrical polarity opposite the first electrical polarity.
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a high intensity electric field generated by an ablation device (3200) for ablation of tissue, such as tissue in a ventricular chamber.
  • the ablation device (3200) may be disposed in the endocardial space of the left ventricle of the heart.
  • the ablation device (3200) depicted in FIG. 32 may be similar to those ablation devices (3000, 3100) described with respect to FIGS. 30 and 31A-31B.
  • the electrodes (3210, 3220, 3230, 3240) may be apposed to a tissue wall when in the third configuration.
  • the electrodes (3210, 3220, 3230, 3240) may have a width of about 2 mm and a length of about 6 mm.
  • the electrodes (3210, 3220, 3230, 3240) may form anode- cathode pairs.
  • the first electrode (3210) may be configured as an anode and the third electrode (3230) may be configured as a cathode.
  • the first and second electrodes (3210, 3230) may have a potential difference of up to about 1500 V.
  • Activation of one or more of the electrodes (3210, 3220, 3230, 3240) of one or more catheters may generate one or more ablation zones along a portion of the wall of a cardiac chamber.
  • Electric field contour (3350) is an iso-magnitude line corresponding to an ablation zone (3350) having an electric field intensity threshold of about 460 V/cm when the first and third electrodes (3220, 3240) are activated.
  • the ablation zone (3350) may have a width of up to about 12 mm and a length of up to about 20 mm.
  • the ablation device may be placed adj acent to or against a section of posterior wall of the left atrium, and by activation of one or more electrodes, an appropriate pulse waveform may be delivered for irreversible electroporation energy delivery to ablate tissue.
  • FIG. 33 A is a perspective view of another embodiment of an ablation device/apparatus (3300) in the form of a catheter including an outer shaft (3310) extending to a proximal end of the device (3300), an inner shaft (3320) extending from a distal end of a shaft lumen (3312) of the outer shaft (3310), and a set of splines (3330) coupled thereto.
  • the inner shaft (3320) may be coupled at a proximal end to a handle (not shown) and disposed at a distal portion (e.g., a distal end) to a cap electrode (3322).
  • the inner shaft (3320) and the set of splines (3330) may be translatable along a longitudinal axis (3324) of the ablation device (3300). In some embodiments, the inner shaft (3320) and the set of splines (3330) may move together or may be independently translated.
  • the inner shaft (3320) may be configured to slide within the lumen (3312) of the outer shaft (3310).
  • the cap electrode (3322) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • the cap electrode (3322) may have a flat, circular shape and/or a rounded and blunt profile.
  • a distal end of each spline of the set of splines (3330) may be tethered to a distal portion of the inner shaft (3320).
  • Proximal portions of the set of splines (3330) may be attached to the outer shaft (3310).
  • the ablation device (3300) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform, as disclosed for example in FIGS. 21 -25, to tissue during use via the electrodes (3332, 3334) on the splines (3330) and the distal cap electrode (3322).
  • Each spline of the set of splines (3330) may include a set of electrodes (3332, 3334) on the surface of that spline.
  • Each set of electrodes may include a distal electrode (3332) such that the set of splines includes a set of distal electrodes (3332).
  • each of the distal electrodes (3332) are the nearest to the cap electrode (3322) relative to other electrodes (e.g., the set of proximal electrodes (3334)) of its corresponding set of electrodes on the same spline.
  • the distal electrodes (3332) may have only an outward- facing exposed portion, i.e., a portion facing away from an inner space/volume defined by the set of splines.
  • the distal electrodes (3332) are constructed from metallic rings, a portion of each ring may be insulated such that only an outward-facing exposed portion or "window" is exposed for delivery of ablation energy.
  • the cap electrode (3322) and each distal electrode (3332) of the set of distal electrodes may collectively have the same polarity during use. This combination of closely-placed distal electrodes having outward-facing windows and a cap electrode allows the distal end of the ablation device (3300) to generate and project a stronger electric field, and to thereby more effectively generate focal ablation lesions of tissue at a desired depth compared to any one of these electrodes alone.
  • Each spline (3330) of the ablation device (3300) may include at least a set of independently addressable electrodes (3332, 3334) on the surface of that spline (3330).
  • distal cap electrode (3322) may be formed at the distal end of the catheter device (3300).
  • Each electrode (3322, 3332, 3334) may be coupled to an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • Each spline (3330) may include insulated electrical leads of each electrode (3332, 3334) within a body of the spline (3330) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (3330)).
  • the inner shaft (3320) may include an insulated electrical lead for the cap electrode (3322).
  • subsets of the electrodes (3322, 3332, 3334) may be jointly wired.
  • the proximal electrodes (3334) of each spline of the set of splines (3330) may be jointly wired.
  • all the distal electrodes (3332) and the cap electrode (3322) may be jointly wired.
  • the set of splines (3330) may be configured to transform between a first configuration, where the set of splines (3330) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis (3324) of the ablation device (3300), and a second configuration, where a distal end of each spline of the set of splines (3330) bows radially outward from the longitudinal axis (3324).
  • the set of distal electrodes (3332) and the cap electrode (3322) may be shaped/oriented to form the second configuration shown in FIGS. 33A, 33B, and 33E.
  • the cap electrode (3322) may be separated from each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes (3332) by at most about 5 mm, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the cap electrode (3322) may be separated from each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes (3332) by between about 0.5 mm and about 3 mm.
  • the distal portion of each spline of the set of splines (3330) may be angled (3336) between about 45 degrees and about 90 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis (3312), including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • each spline of the set of splines (3330) in the second configuration may be angled (3336) between about 70 degrees and about 80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis (3312).
  • the cap electrode (3322) and set of distal electrodes (3332) can assume the shape of a "plus” symbol when projected onto a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis (3324), as can be seen in the front view in FIG. 33B.
  • the inner shaft (3320) may be retracted into the outer catheter lumen (3312) by a predetermined amount to transform the ablation device (3300) from the first configuration to the second configuration.
  • the set of splines (3330) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first and second configurations, continuously or in discrete steps.
  • the set of splines (3330) may form a shape generally parallel to a longitudinal axis (3324) of the inner shaft (3320) when undeployed, and form a basket-like or bulb-like shape when a distal end of the set of splines (3330) bows radially outward from the longitudinal axis (3324).
  • FIGS. 33A, 33B, and 33E illustrate a set of splines (3330) where each spline of the set of splines (3330) includes a distal electrode (3332) and one or more proximal electrodes (3334) that differ in one or more of size, shape, number, and spacing.
  • FIG. 33A illustrates one distal electrode (3332) and two proximal electrodes (3334) for each spline of the set of splines (3330).
  • each proximal electrode (3334) may be formed on a surface of its spline (3330) along its entire circumference, i.e., around the entire thickness of the spline.
  • each distal electrode (3332) may be formed on the surface of a portion of a circumference of its spline. That is, as shown in FIGS. 33C and 33D, the distal electrode (3332) may partially lie on the circumference of its corresponding spline and not cover the entire circumference of its spline (3330). For example, the distal electrode (3332) may encircle the circumference of its corresponding spline and be partially covered by a layer of insulation such that only a portion (e.g., window) of the distal electrode (3332) is exposed. In some embodiments, one or more electrodes may be fully covered by a thin layer of insulation for biphasic operation.
  • the set of distal electrodes (3332) of the set of splines (3330) may subtend an angle (3333) of between about 30 degrees to about 300 degrees about a center of its corresponding spline (3330), including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the set of distal electrodes (3332) of the set of splines (3330) may subtend an angle (3333) of between about 60 degrees to about 120 degrees about a center of its corresponding spline (3330). In this manner, a significant fraction of the electric field generated by the set of distal electrodes (3332) in the second configuration may be directed in a forward direction and projected into target tissue to aid focal ablation rather than away from the target tissue and into blood.
  • the distal electrodes (3332) may be configured to face a particular direction.
  • FIGS. 33A and 33E show the set of distal electrodes (3332) and the cap electrode (3322) facing generally forward at the distal end of the device (3300) in the second configuration when a distal end of the set of splines (3330) bows radially outward from the longitudinal axis (3324).
  • the distal electrodes (3332) may be disposed at a distal end of its spline such that the distal electrodes (3332) of the set of splines (3330) are disposed near to the cap electrode (3322).
  • each spline of the set of splines (3330) may include a set of electrodes (3332, 3334) having about the same size, shape, number, and spacing as the corresponding electrodes (3332, 3334) of an adjacent spline.
  • the thickness of each spline (3330) may vary based on the number of electrodes (3332, 3334) formed on each spline (3330) which may correspond to the number of insulated electrical leads in the spline (3330).
  • the splines (3330) may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or length.
  • the cap electrode (3322) and the set of electrodes (3332, 3334) may be configured in anode-cathode sets.
  • the cap electrode (3322) and each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes (3332) may be collectively configured as an anode, and all proximal electrodes (3334) may be collectively configured as a cathode (or vice- versa).
  • the set of distal electrodes (3332) and the set of proximal electrodes (3334) may have opposite polarities.
  • the distal electrode (3332) and the set of proximal electrodes (3334) for a given spline may have opposite polarities.
  • the cap electrode (3322) and the set of distal electrodes (3332) may have the same polarity.
  • the set of distal electrodes (3332) and the cap electrode (3322) may be j ointly wired.
  • the cap electrode and the set of electrodes (3332, 3334) of one or more splines of the set of splines (3330) may be activated together to deliver pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation.
  • the pulse waveform delivery may be repeated sequentially over predetermined subsets of the set of electrodes (3332, 3334).
  • the set of distal electrodes (3332) may be separated from the cap electrode (3322) by at most 3 mm from the distal end of each spline (3330). In some embodiments, the set of distal electrodes (3332) may be separated from the set of proximal electrodes (3334) by between about 1 mm and about 20 mm. In some embodiments, each electrode of the set of electrodes (3332, 3334) may include a diameter of between about 0.5 mm to about 3 mm. In some embodiments, the cap electrode (3322) may include a cross- sectional diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
  • each electrode of the set of electrodes (3332, 3334) may have a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5 mm.
  • the set of splines (3330) in the second configuration may have an expanded cross-sectional diameter (i.e., effective diameter of the expanded or second configuration at its largest portion) of between about 6 mm and about 24 mm.
  • the set of splines (3300) may extend from the distal end (3312) of the outer shaft (3310) by between about 6 mm and about 30 mm.
  • the outer shaft (3310) may have an outer diameter of between about 1.5 mm and about 6.0 mm.
  • the ablation device (3300) as described herein may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to make contact with a tissue surface (e.g., an inner wall of the left atrium or ventricle, and/or the like).
  • a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the catheter (3300) and the set of splines (3330) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines (3330) between the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the handle may be configured to translate the inner shaft (3320) relative to the outer shaft (3310).
  • retracting the inner shaft (3320) into a lumen (3312) of the outer shaft (3310) may deploy the set of splines (3330) into the bulb-like shape illustrated herein.
  • actuation of a knob, wheel, or other control mechanism in the device handle may result in translation of the inner shaft (3324) and result in deployment of the set of splines (3330).
  • the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (3322, 3332, 3334) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (3300), such as, for example, within the handle.
  • the catheter handle may include a mechanism for deflecting or steering the distal portion of the catheter device (3300).
  • a pull wire may extend from the catheter handle to one side of the distal portion of the device (3300) at or near the distal end of the outer shaft (3310), with tensioning of the pull wire resulting in deflection of the distal portion of the device (3300).
  • Deflection of the device (3300) may assist positioning of the device (3300) by a user at a suitable anatomical location in a controlled manner.
  • the distal cap electrode (3322) may be electrically wired separately from the distal spline electrodes (3332).
  • intracardiac ECG signals may be recorded only from the distal cap electrode (3322).
  • one or more distal spline electrodes (3332) may be electrically wired separately, for monitoring of intracardiac ECG signals from each such electrode (3332).
  • some distal spline electrodes (3332) may be used for ECG monitoring while other distal spline electrodes (3332) may be used for delivery of ablation energy.
  • any of the ablation devices described herein may be used with an electrode electrically wired separately, for monitoring of intracardiac ECG signals from each such electrode.
  • some electrodes on one or more splines of a set of splines may be used for ECG monitoring while other electrodes may be used for delivery of ablation energy.
  • the ablation device (3300) may include any number of splines, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 17, 20 or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the ablation device (3300) may include 3 to 20 splines.
  • the ablation device (3300) may include from 4 to 12 splines.
  • Each of the splines of the set of splines (3300) may include respective electrodes (3332, 3334) having an atraumatic, generally rounded shape to reduce trauma to tissue.
  • the distal electrodes in the second configuration may be held close to or placed against a section of atrial wall of the left atrium in order to generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities, as described herein.
  • the cap electrode (3322) and the distal electrodes (3332) of the set of splines (3330) may be placed in contact against or in close proximity to a tissue wall (3350), as shown in FIG. 33E, at either an approximately perpendicular or a generally oblique orientation to a tissue wall.
  • distal electrodes (3322, 3332) allows the generation of a focal lesion at a desired depth even when the ablation device (3300) in the deployed configuration abuts the tissue wall (3350) at an angle (e.g., obliquely).
  • the electrodes or a subset of electrodes may be independently addressable, the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation.
  • different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail herein.
  • the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver contiguous/transmural energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins.
  • alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes.
  • ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time.
  • a variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
  • the ablation device (2900, 3000, 3100, 3200) may include 2 to 6 catheters.
  • the ablation device (2900, 3000, 3100, 3200) may include any number of catheters, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or more catheters.
  • the ablation device (2900, 3000, 3100, 3200) may include 3 to 6 catheters.
  • a catheter of an ablation device (2900, 3000, 3100, 3200) may include 2 to 6 distal portions.
  • the catheter may include any number of distal portions, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or more distal portions.
  • the catheter may include 2 to 4 distal portions.
  • the shape (e.g., curvature, length, size) of the catheters may be asymmetric to aid in controlling a depth, shape, and/or size of focal ablation.
  • the electrodes may form anode-cathode pairs.
  • the first electrode may be configured as an anode and the second electrode may be configured as a cathode.
  • a subset of the electrodes may be independently addressable and the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation.
  • different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms).
  • the ablation catheter itself may be a steerable device with pull wires for controlling deflection through a suitable mechanism in the catheter handle, as is known to those skilled in the art.
  • an ablation device may include one or more balloons for delivering energy to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation.
  • FIG. 10 depicts an embodiment of a balloon ablation device (1010) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (110)) disposed in a left atrial chamber (1000) of a heart.
  • the ablation device (1010) may include a first balloon (1012) and a second balloon (1014) which may be configured to be disposed in an ostium (1002) of a pulmonary vein (1004).
  • the first balloon (1012) in an expanded (e.g., inflated) configuration may have a larger diameter than the second balloon (1014) in an expanded configuration.
  • each balloon (1012, 1014) may include an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, with each lead having sufficient electrical insulation to sustain an electrical potential difference of at least 700V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2500 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • a lead of the second balloon (1014) may be insulated as it extends through the first balloon (1012).
  • the first and second balloons (1012, 1014) may form an anode-cathode pair.
  • the first and second balloons may carry electrically separate bodies of saline fluid, and the first balloon (1012) may be configured as a cathode and the second balloon (1014) may be configured as an anode, or vice versa, where electrical energy may be capacitively coupled across the balloon or saline-filled electrodes.
  • the device (1010) may receive a pulse waveform to be delivered to tissue (1002). For example, one or more of a biphasic signal may be applied such that tissue may be ablated between the first balloon (1012) and the second balloon (1014) at a desired location in the pulmonary vein (1004).
  • the first and second balloons (1012, 1014) may confine the electric field substantially between the first and second balloons (1012, 1014) so as to reduce the electric field and damage to tissue away from the ostium (1002) of the pulmonary vein (1004).
  • one or both of electrodes (1018) and (1019) disposed respectively proximal to and distal to the first balloon may be used as an electrode of one polarity, while the fluid in the first balloon may act as an electrode of the opposite polarity.
  • a biphasic pulse waveform may then be delivered between these electrodes of opposed polarities by capacitive coupling across the balloon, resulting in a zone of irreversible electroporation ablation in the region around the first balloon.
  • one or more of the balloons (1012, 1014) may include a wire mesh.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a balloon ablation device (11 10) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (1010)) disposed in a left atrial chamber (1 100) and a right atrial chamber (1104) of a heart.
  • the ablation device (11 10) may include a balloon (11 12) which may be configured to be advanced into and disposed in the right atrial chamber (1 104).
  • the balloon (11 12) may be disposed in contact with a septum (1 106) of the heart.
  • the balloon (1 1 12) may be filled with saline.
  • the device (1 110) may further include an electrode (1 120) that may be advanced from the right atrial chamber (1104) through the balloon (11 12) and the septum (1 106) and into the left atrial chamber (1 100).
  • the electrode (1 120) may extend from the balloon (1 1 12) and puncture through the septum (1 106) and be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1 100).
  • a distal portion of the electrode (1 120) may be modified to form a predetermined shape.
  • a distal portion of the electrode (1 120) may include a nonlinear shape such as a circle, ellipsoid, or any other geometric shape.
  • the distal portion of the electrode (1120) forms a loop that may surround a single ostium or two or more ostia of the pulmonary veins (1102) in the left atrial chamber (1100). In other embodiments, the distal portion of the electrode (1 120) may have about the same diameter as an ostium of the pulmonary vein (1 102).
  • the balloon (11 12) and the electrode (1 120) may be electrically isolated from each other.
  • the balloon (1 112) and the electrode (1120) may each include an insulated electrical lead (1 114, 1 122) respectively, with each lead (11 14, 1 122) having sufficient electrical insulation to sustain an electrical potential difference of at least 700V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2,000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the lead (1122) of the electrode (1120) may be insulated through the balloon (11 12).
  • the saline in the balloon (11 12) and the electrode (1120) may form an anode-cathode pair.
  • the balloon (11 12) may be configured as a cathode and the electrode (1120) may be configured as an anode.
  • the device (1 110) may receive a pulse waveform to be delivered to the ostium of the pulmonary veins (1 102).
  • a biphasic signal may be applied to ablate tissue.
  • the pulse waveform may create an intense electric field around the electrode (1120) while the current is applied via capacitive coupling to the balloon (11 12) to complete the circuit.
  • the electrode (1120) may include a fine gauge wire and the balloon (11 12) may include a wire mesh.
  • the electrode (1 120) may be advanced through the pulmonary veins (1102) and disposed in one or more of the pulmonary vein ostia without being advanced through the balloon (1 112) and/or the septum (1 106).
  • the balloon (1 112) and electrode (1 120) may be configured as a cathode-anode pair and receive a pulse waveform in the same manner as discussed above.
  • FIGS. 12A-12B are schematic views of a set of return electrodes (1230) (e.g., return pad) of an ablation system disposed on a patient (1200).
  • a set of four ostia of the pulmonary veins (1210) of the left atrium are illustrated in FIGS. 12A-12B.
  • An electrode (1220) of an ablation device may be positioned around one or more of the ostia of the pulmonary veins (1210).
  • a set of return electrodes (1230) may be disposed on a back of a patient (1200) to allow current to pass from the electrode (1220) through the patient (1200) and then to the return electrode (1230).
  • one or more return electrodes may be disposed on a skin of a patient (1200).
  • eight return electrodes (1230) may be positioned on the back of the patient so as to surround the pulmonary vein ostia (1210).
  • a conductive gel may be applied between the return electrodes (1230) and the skin to improve contact. It should be appreciated that any of the ablation devices described herein may be used with the one or more return electrodes (1230).
  • the electrode (1220) is disposed around four ostia (1210).
  • FIG. 12B illustrates the energized electrode (1220) forming an electric field (1240) around the ostia (1210) of the pulmonary veins.
  • the return electrode (1230) may in turn receive a pulsed monophasic and/or biphasic waveform delivered by the electrode (1220).
  • the number of return electrodes (1230) may be approximately inversely proportional to the surface area of the return electrodes (1230).
  • the electrodes may include biocompatible metals such as titanium, palladium, silver, platinum or a platinum alloy.
  • the electrode may preferably include platinum or a platinum alloy.
  • Each electrode may include an electrical lead having sufficient electrical insulation to sustain an electrical potential difference of at least 700V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
  • the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2500 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the insulated electrical leads may run to the proximal handle portion of the catheter from where they may be connected to a suitable electrical connector.
  • the catheter shaft may be made of a flexible polymeric material such as Teflon, Nylon, Pebax, etc.
  • the heart chamber may be the left atrial chamber and include its associated pulmonary veins.
  • the methods described here include introducing and disposing a device in contact with one or more pulmonary vein ostial or antral regions.
  • a pulse waveform may be delivered by one or more electrodes of the device to ablate tissue.
  • a cardiac pacing signal may synchronize the delivered pulse waveforms with the cardiac cycle.
  • the pulse waveforms may include a plurality of levels of a hierarchy to reduce total energy delivery.
  • the tissue ablation thus performed may be delivered in synchrony with paced heartbeats and with less energy delivery to reduce damage to healthy tissue. It should be appreciated that any of the ablation devices described herein may be used to ablate tissue using the methods discussed below as appropriate.
  • the ablation devices described herein may be used for focal ablation of cardiac features/structures identified to cause arrhythmia.
  • a cardiac electrophysiology diagnostic catheter e.g., mapping catheter
  • Focal ablation may, for example, create a spot lesion that neutralizes a rotor while sparing surrounding tissue.
  • one or more focal ablation lesions may be formed in combination with one or more box or line lesions to treat cardiac arrhythmia.
  • a system can include one or more mapping catheters, one or more ablation catheters (e.g., an ablation device as illustrated in FIGS. 9D, 9E, 27A-27C, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32) useful for creating lesions via focal ablation, and one or more catheters (e.g., an ablation device as illustrated in FIGS. 3-8, 9A-9C, 10-12, 26A-26B) useful for creating box and/or line lesions.
  • ablation catheters e.g., an ablation device as illustrated in FIGS. 3-8, 9A-9C, 10-12, 26A-26B
  • FIG. 13 is a method (1300) for one embodiment of a tissue ablation process.
  • the voltage pulse waveforms described herein may be applied during a refractory period of the cardiac cycle so as to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart.
  • the method (1300) includes introduction of a device (e.g., ablation device, such as the ablation device (110), and/or any of the ablation devices (200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1010, 11 10, 2900, 3000, 3100) into an endocardial space of a left atrium at step (1302).
  • the device may be advanced to be disposed in contact with a pulmonary vein ostium (1304).
  • electrodes of an ablation device may form an approximately circular arrangement of electrodes disposed in contact with an inner radial surface at a pulmonary vein ostium.
  • a pacing signal may be generated for cardiac stimulation of the heart (1306).
  • the pacing signal may then be applied to the heart (1308).
  • the heart may be electrically paced with a cardiac stimulator to ensure pacing capture to establish periodicity and predictability of the cardiac cycle.
  • One or more of atrial and ventricular pacing may be applied.
  • An indication of the pacing signal may be transmitted to a signal generator (1310).
  • a time window within the refractory period of the cardiac cycle may then be defined within which one or more voltage pulse waveforms may be delivered.
  • a refractory time window may follow a pacing signal.
  • a common refractory time window may lie between both atrial and ventricular refractory time windows.
  • a pulse waveform may be generated in synchronization with the pacing signal (1312).
  • a voltage pulse waveform may be applied in the common refractory time window.
  • the pulse waveform may be generated with a time offset with respect to the indication of the pacing signal.
  • the start of a refractory time window may be offset from the pacing signal by a time offset.
  • the voltage pulse waveform(s) may be applied over a series of heartbeats over corresponding common refractory time windows.
  • the generated pulse waveform may be delivered to tissue (1314).
  • the pulse waveform may be delivered to pulmonary vein ostium of a heart of a patient via one or more splines of a set of splines of an ablation device.
  • voltage pulse waveforms as described herein may be selectively delivered to electrode subsets such as anode-cathode subsets for ablation and isolation of the pulmonary vein.
  • a first electrode of a group of electrodes may be configured as an anode and a second electrode of the group of electrodes may be configured as a cathode.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart (1400) of another embodiment of a tissue ablation process.
  • the method (1400) includes the introduction of a device (e.g., ablation device, such as any of the ablation devices (200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1010, 1 110, 2900, 3000, 3100) into an endocardial space of a left atrium (1402).
  • the device may be advanced to be disposed in a pulmonary vein ostium (1404).
  • the device may include a first and second configuration (e.g., compact and expanded)
  • the device may be introduced in the first configuration and transformed to a second configuration to contact tissue at or near the pulmonary vein antrum or ostium (1406).
  • the device may include electrodes and may be configured in anode-cathode subsets (1408) as discussed in detail above. For example, a subset of electrodes of the devices may be selected as anodes, while another subset of electrodes of the device may be selected as cathodes, with the voltage pulse waveform applied between the anodes and cathodes.
  • a pulse waveform may be generated by a signal generator (e.g., the signal generator 122) and may include a plurality of levels in a hierarchy (1410).
  • a variety of hierarchical waveforms may be generated with a signal generator as disclosed herein.
  • the pulse waveform may include a first level of a hierarchy of the pulse waveform including a first set of pulses. Each pulse has a pulse time duration and a first time interval separating successive pulses.
  • a second level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a plurality of first sets of pulses as a second set of pulses.
  • a second time interval may separate successive first sets of pulses. The second time interval may be at least three times the duration of the first time interval.
  • a third level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a plurality of second sets of pulses as a third set of pulses.
  • a third time interval may separate successive second sets of pulses.
  • the third time interval may be at least thirty times the duration of the second level time interval.
  • a voltage pulse waveform having a hierarchical structure may be applied across different anode-cathode subsets (optionally with a time delay). As discussed above, one or more of the waveforms applied across the anode-cathode subsets may be applied during the refractory period of a cardiac cycle.
  • the pulse waveform may be delivered to tissue (1412). It should be appreciated that the steps described in FIGS. 13 and 14 may be combined and modified as appropriate.
  • FIGS. 15-18 depict embodiments of the methods for ablating tissue in a left atrial chamber of the heart as described above using the ablation devices described herein (e.g., FIGS. 2-5).
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a method to ablate tissue disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart using an ablation device (1500) corresponding to the ablation device (210) depicted in FIG. 2.
  • the left atrial chamber (1502) is depicted having four pulmonary veins (1504) and the ablation device (1500) may be used to ablate tissue sequentially to electrically isolate one or more of the pulmonary veins (1504). As shown in FIG.
  • the ablation device (1500) may be introduced into an endocardial space such as the left atrial chamber (1502) using a trans-septal approach (e.g., extending from a right atrial chamber through the septum and into the left atrial chamber (1502)).
  • the ablation device (1500) may include a catheter (1510) and a guidewire (1520) slidable within a lumen of the catheter (1510).
  • a distal portion of the catheter (1510) may include a set of electrodes (1512).
  • a distal portion (1522) of the guidewire (1520) may be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1502) so as to be disposed near an ostium of a pulmonary vein (1504).
  • the catheter (1510) may then be advanced over the guidewire (1520) to dispose the electrodes (1512) near the ostium of the pulmonary vein (1504).
  • the electrodes (1512) may be configured in anode-cathode subsets.
  • a voltage pulse waveform generated by a signal generator (not shown) may be delivered to tissue using the electrodes (1512) in synchrony with paced heartbeats and/or include a waveform hierarchy.
  • the catheter (1510) and guidewire (1520) may be repositioned at another pulmonary vein (1504) to ablate tissue in one or more of the remaining pulmonary veins (1504).
  • FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a method to ablate tissue disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart using an ablation device (1600) corresponding to the ablation device (310) depicted in FIG. 3.
  • the left atrial chamber (1602) is depicted having four pulmonary veins (1604) and the ablation device (1600) may be used to ablate tissue sequentially to electrically isolate one or more of the pulmonary veins (1604).
  • the ablation device (1600) may be introduced into an endocardial space such as the left atrial chamber (1602) using a trans-septal approach.
  • the ablation device (1600) may include a sheath (1610) and a catheter (1620) slidable within a lumen of the sheath (1610).
  • a distal portion (1622) of the catheter (1620) may include a set of electrodes.
  • a distal portion (1622) of the catheter (1620) may be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1602) to dispose the electrodes near an ostium of a pulmonary vein (1604). Once the electrodes are in contact with the ostium of the pulmonary vein (1604), the electrodes may be configured in anode- cathode subsets.
  • a voltage pulse waveform generated by a signal generator (not shown) may be delivered to tissue using the electrodes in synchrony with paced heartbeats and/or include a waveform hierarchy.
  • the catheter (1620) may be repositioned at another pulmonary vein (1604) to ablate tissue in one or more of the remaining pulmonary veins (1604).
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a method to ablate tissue disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart using an ablation device corresponding to the ablation device (410) depicted in FIG. 4.
  • the left atrial chamber (1702) is depicted having four pulmonary veins (1704) and the ablation device (1700) may be used to ablate tissue to electrically isolate one or more of the pulmonary veins (1704).
  • the ablation device (1700) may be introduced into an endocardial space such as the left atrial chamber (1702) using a trans-septal approach.
  • the ablation device (1700) may include a sheath (1710) and a plurality of catheters (1720, 1721) slidable within a lumen of the sheath (1710).
  • Each of the catheters (1720, 1721) may include a respective guidewire (1722, 1723) slidable within the catheter (1720, 1721).
  • a distal portion of the guidewire (1722, 1723) may include an electrode configured to deliver a voltage pulse waveform.
  • Each of the catheters (1720, 1721) and corresponding guidewires (1722, 1723) may be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1702) so as to be disposed near respective ostia of the pulmonary veins (1704).
  • the electrodes may be configured in anode-cathode subsets.
  • a first guidewire (1722) may be configured as an anode while a second guidewire (1723) may be configured as a cathode.
  • voltage pulse waveforms generated by a signal generator may be delivered for ablation and simultaneous isolation of the pair of pulmonary veins (1704).
  • a voltage pulse waveform may be delivered to tissue using the electrodes in synchrony with paced heartbeats and/or include a waveform hierarchy.
  • the catheters (1720, 1721) may be repositioned to ablate tissue at the two remaining pulmonary veins (1704).
  • the sheath (1710) may include three or four catheters to be disposed in the pulmonary veins (1704).
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a method to ablate tissue disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart using an ablation device (1800) corresponding to the ablation device (500) depicted in FIG. 5.
  • the left atrial chamber (1802) is depicted having four pulmonary veins (1804) and the ablation device (1800) may be used to ablate tissue sequentially to electrically isolate one or more of the pulmonary veins (1804).
  • the ablation device may be introduced into an endocardial space such as the left atrial chamber (1802) using a trans-septal approach.
  • the ablation device may include a sheath (1820) and a catheter (1810) slidable within a lumen of the sheath (1820).
  • a distal portion (1812) of the catheter (1810) may be flower-shaped as discussed in detail with respect to FIG. 5.
  • a distal portion (1812) of the catheter (1810) may be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1802) in a compact first configuration and disposed near an ostium of a pulmonary vein (1804).
  • the distal portion (1812) of the catheter (1810) may then be transformed to an expanded second configuration to form a flower-shaped distal portion, as shown in FIG. 18, such that the distal portion (1812) of the catheter (1810) is disposed near the ostium of the pulmonary vein (1804).
  • the electrodes may be configured in anode-cathode subsets.
  • a voltage pulse waveform generated by a signal generator (not shown) may be delivered to tissue using the electrodes in synchrony with paced heartbeats and/or include a waveform hierarchy.
  • the catheter (1810) may be repositioned at another pulmonary vein (1804) to ablate tissue in one or more of the remaining pulmonary veins (1804).
  • any of the methods described herein may further include coupling a return electrode (e.g., one or more return electrodes (1230) depicted in FIGS. 12A-12B) to a patient's back and configured to safely remove current from the patient during application of a voltage pulse waveform.
  • a return electrode e.g., one or more return electrodes (1230) depicted in FIGS. 12A-12B
  • FIGS. 19A-20B depict embodiments of electrodes disposed in contact around an ostium of a pulmonary vein and electric fields generated therefrom.
  • FIG. 19A is a schematic representation (1900) of an embodiment of a set of electrodes (1910) disposed in an ostium of a pulmonary vein (1904).
  • a left atrial chamber (1902) may include a blood pool (1906) and the pulmonary vein (1904) may include a blood pool (1908).
  • the left atrial chamber (1902) and pulmonary vein (1904) may each have a wall thickness of up to about 4 mm.
  • FIG. 19B is another schematic representation (1900) of the set of electrodes (1910) disposed radially along an interior surface of a pulmonary vein (1904).
  • the pulmonary vein (1904) may include an arterial wall (1905) containing a blood pool (1908). Adjacent electrodes (1910) may be separated by a predetermined distance (191 1). In some embodiments, the pulmonary vein (1904) may have an inner diameter of about 16 mm. In FIGS. 19A-19B, the electrodes (1910) may have a length of about 10 mm and be spaced apart about 4 mm from each other. It should be appreciated that the electrodes (1910) may in other embodiments be any of the electrodes disclosed herein. For example, the electrodes (1910) may include the electrodes of the flower-shaped distal portion of FIG. 5 and/or the generally circular arrangement of electrodes depicted in FIG. 3.
  • FIGS. 20A-20B are schematic representations (2000) of an embodiment of an electric field (2020) generated by a set of electrodes (2010) disposed in an ostium of a pulmonary vein (2002).
  • FIG. 20A is a perspective view while FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view of the pulmonary vein (2002) and outer wall of the left atrial chamber (2004).
  • the shaded electric field (2020) illustrates where the electric field (2020) exceeds a threshold value when adjacent electrodes (2010) deliver energy (e.g., voltage pulse waveform) to ablate tissue.
  • the electric field (2020) represents a potential difference of 1500 V applied between adjacent electrodes (2010).
  • the electric field (2020) magnitude is at least above a threshold value of 500 V/cm within the shaded volumetric electric field (2020) and may be sufficient to generate irreversible ablation in cardiac tissue.
  • the pulse waveform(s) as disclosed herein are usable with any of the systems (100), devices (e.g., 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1010, 11 10, 1230, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1910, 2010, 2900, 3000, 3100), and methods (e.g., 1300, 1400) described herein.
  • Some embodiments are directed to pulsed high voltage waveforms together with a sequenced delivery scheme for delivering energy to tissue via sets of electrodes.
  • a system useful for irreversible electroporation includes a signal generator and a processor capable of being configured to apply pulsed voltage waveforms to a selected plurality or a subset of electrodes of an ablation device.
  • the processor is configured to control inputs whereby selected pairs of anode-cathode subsets of electrodes can be sequentially triggered based on a pre-determined sequence, and in one embodiment the sequenced delivery can be triggered from a cardiac stimulator and/or pacing device.
  • the ablation pulse waveforms are applied in a refractory period of the cardiac cycle so as to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart.
  • One example method of enforcing this is to electrically pace the heart with a cardiac stimulator and ensure pacing capture to establish periodicity and predictability of the cardiac cycle, and then to define a time window well within the refractory period of this periodic cycle within which the ablation waveform is delivered.
  • the pulsed voltage waveforms disclosed herein are hierarchical in organization and have a nested structure.
  • the pulsed waveform includes hierarchical groupings of pulses with a variety of associated timescales.
  • the associated timescales and pulse widths, and the numbers of pulses and hierarchical groupings can be selected so as to satisfy one or more of a set of Diophantine inequalities involving the frequency of cardiac pacing.
  • Pulsed waveforms for electroporation energy delivery as disclosed herein may enhance the safety, efficiency and effectiveness of the energy delivery by reducing the electric field threshold associated with irreversible electroporation, yielding more effective ablative lesions with reduced total energy delivered. This in turn can broaden the areas of clinical application of electroporation including therapeutic treatment of a variety of cardiac arrhythmias.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates a pulsed voltage waveform in the form of a sequence of rectangular double pulses, with each pulse, such as the pulse (2100) being associated with a pulse width or duration.
  • the pulse width/duration can be about 0.5 microseconds, about 1 microsecond, about 5 microseconds, about 10 microseconds, about 25 microseconds, about 50 microseconds, about 100 microseconds, about 125 microseconds, about 140 microseconds, about 150 microseconds, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the pulsed waveform of FIG. 21 illustrates a set of monophasic pulses where the polarities of all the pulses are the same (all positive in FIG. 21, as measured from a zero baseline).
  • the height of each pulse (2100) or the voltage amplitude of the pulse (2100) can be in the range from about 400 volts, about 1,000 volts, about 5,000 volts, about 10,000 volts, about 15,000 volts, including all values and sub ranges in between.
  • the pulse (2100) is separated from a neighboring pulse by a time interval (2102), also sometimes referred to as a first time interval.
  • the first time interval can be about 10 microseconds, about 50 microseconds, about 100 microseconds, about 200 microseconds, about 500 microseconds, about 800 microseconds, about 1 millisecond including all values and sub ranges in between, in order to generate irreversible electroporation.
  • FIG. 22 introduces a pulse waveform with the structure of a hierarchy of nested pulses.
  • FIG. 22 shows a series of monophasic pulses such as pulse (2200) with pulse width/pulse time duration w, separated by a time interval (also sometimes referred to as a first time interval) such as (2202) of duration h between successive pulses, a number mi of which are arranged to form a group of pulses (2210) (also sometimes referred to as a first set of pulses).
  • the waveform has a number mi of such groups of pulses (also sometimes referred to as a second set of pulses) separated by a time interval (2212) (also sometimes referred to as a second time interval) of duration ti between successive groups.
  • the collection of mi such pulse groups constitutes the next level of the hierarchy, which can be referred to as a packet and/or as a third set of pulses.
  • the pulse width and the time interval t ⁇ between pulses can both be in the range of microseconds to hundreds of microseconds, including all values and sub ranges in between.
  • the time interval ti can be at least three times larger than the time interval t ⁇ .
  • the ratio t 2 /ti can be in the range between about 3 and about 300, including all values and subranges in between.
  • FIG. 23 further elaborates the structure of a nested pulse hierarchy waveform.
  • a series of mi pulses (individual pulses not shown) form a group of pulses (2300) (e.g., a first set of pulses).
  • a series of mi such groups separated by an inter-group time interval (2310) of duration ti (e.g., a second time interval) between one group and the next form a packet 132 (e.g., a second set of pulses).
  • the time interval can be at least about thirty times larger than the time interval ti.
  • the time interval h can be at least fifty times larger than the time interval ti.
  • the ratio t 3 /t 2 can be in the range between about 30 and about 800, including all values and sub-ranges in between.
  • the amplitude of the individual voltage pulses in the pulse hierarchy can be anywhere in the range from 500 volts to 7,000 volts or higher, including all values and sub ranges in between.
  • FIG. 24 provides an example of a biphasic waveform sequence with a hierarchical structure.
  • biphasic pulses such as (2400) have a positive voltage portion as well as a negative voltage portion to complete one cycle of the pulse.
  • There is a time delay (2402) e.g., a first time interval
  • m such cycles form a group of pulses (2410) (e.g., a first set of pulses).
  • a series of m such groups separated by an inter-group time interval (2412) e.g., a second time interval
  • duration ti between one group and the next form a packet (2420) (e.g., a second set of pulses).
  • the figure also shows a second packet (2430), with a time delay (2432) (e.g., a third time interval) of duration h between the packets.
  • a time delay e.g., a third time interval
  • the amplitude of each pulse or the voltage amplitude of the biphasic pulse can be anywhere in the range from 500 volts to 7,000 volts or higher, including all values and sub ranges in between.
  • the pulse width/pulse time duration can be in the range from nanoseconds or even sub-nanoseconds to tens of microseconds, while the delays h can be in the range from zero to several microseconds.
  • the inter-group time interval ti can be at least ten times larger than the pulse width.
  • the time interval h can be at least about twenty times larger than the time interval ti.
  • the time interval can be at least fifty times larger than the time interval ti.
  • Embodiments disclosed herein include waveforms structured as hierarchical waveforms that include waveform elements/pulses at various levels of the hierarchy.
  • the individual pulses such as (2200) in FIG. 22 includes the first level of the hierarchy, and have an associated pulse time duration and a first time interval between successive pulses.
  • a set of pulses, or elements of the first level structure form a second level of the hierarchy such as the group of pulses/second set of pulses (2210) in FIG. 22.
  • associated with the waveform are parameters such as a total time duration of the second set of pulses (not shown), a total number of first level elements/first set of pulses, and second time intervals between successive first level elements that describe the second level structure/second set of pulses.
  • the total time duration of the second set of pulses can be between about 20 microseconds and about 10 milliseconds, including all values and subranges in between.
  • a set of groups, second set of pulses, or elements of the second level structure form a third level of the hierarchy such as the packet of groups/third set of pulses (2220) in FIG. 22.
  • there is a total time duration of the third set of pulses (not shown), a total number of second level elements/second set of pulses, and third time intervals between successive second level elements that describe the third level structure/third set of pulses.
  • the total time duration of the third set of pulses can be between about 60 microseconds and about 200 milliseconds, including all values and sub ranges in between.
  • the generally iterative or nested structure of the waveforms can continue to a higher plurality of levels, such as ten levels of structure, or more.
  • hierarchical waveforms with a nested structure and hierarchy of time intervals as described herein are useful for irreversible electroporation ablation energy delivery, providing a good degree of control and selectivity for applications in different tissue types.
  • a variety of hierarchical waveforms can be generated with a suitable pulse generator. It is understood that while the examples herein identify separate monophasic and biphasic waveforms for clarity, it should be noted that combination waveforms, where some portions of the waveform hierarchy are monophasic while other portions are biphasic, can also be generated/implemented.
  • the ablation pulse waveforms described herein are applied during the refractory period of the cardiac cycle so as to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart.
  • a method of treatment includes electrically pacing the heart with a cardiac stimulator to ensure pacing capture to establish periodicity and predictability of the cardiac cycle, and then defining a time window within the refractory period of the cardiac cycle within which one or more pulsed ablation waveforms can be delivered.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates an example where both atrial and ventricular pacing is applied (for instance, with pacing leads or catheters situated in the right atrium and right ventricle respectively). With time represented on the horizontal axis, FIG.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates a series of ventricular pacing signals such as (2500) and (2510), and a series of atrial pacing signals (2520, 2530), along with a series of ECG waveforms (2540, 2542) that are driven by the pacing signals.
  • a common refractory time window (2550) of duration T r can be defined that lies within both atrial and ventricular refractory time windows (2522, 2502).
  • the electroporation ablation waveform(s) can be applied in this common refractory time window (2550).
  • the start of this refractory time window (2522) is offset from the pacing signal (2500) by atime offset (2504) as indicated in FIG. 25.
  • the time offset (2504) can be smaller than about 25 milliseconds, in some embodiments.
  • a similarly defined common refractory time window (2552) is the next time window available for application of the ablation waveform(s).
  • the ablation waveform(s) may be applied over a series of heartbeats, at each heartbeat remaining within the common refractory time window.
  • each packet of pulses as defined above in the pulse waveform hierarchy can be applied over a heartbeat, so that a series of packets is applied over a series of heartbeats, for a given electrode set.
  • the terms “about” and/or “approximately” when used in conjunction with numerical values and/or ranges generally refer to those numerical values and/or ranges near to a recited numerical value and/or range. In some instances, the terms “about” and “approximately” may mean within ⁇ 10% of the recited value. For example, in some instances, “about 100 [units]” may mean within ⁇ 10% of 100 (e.g., from 90 to 110). The terms “about” and “approximately” may be used interchangeably.
  • Some embodiments described herein relate to a computer storage product with a non-transitory computer-readable medium (also may be referred to as a non-transitory processor-readable medium) having instructions or computer code thereon for performing various computer-implemented operations.
  • the computer-readable medium (or processor- readable medium) is non-transitory in the sense that it does not include transitory propagating signals per se (e.g., a propagating electromagnetic wave carrying information on a transmission medium such as space or a cable).
  • the media and computer code also may be referred to as code or algorithm
  • non-transitory computer-readable media include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage media such as hard disks, floppy disks, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as Compact Disc/Digital Video Discs (CD/DVDs), Compact Disc-Read Only Memories (CD- ROMs), and holographic devices; magneto-optical storage media such as optical disks; carrier wave signal processing modules; and hardware devices that are specially configured to store and execute program code, such as Application-Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), Read-Only Memory (ROM) and Random-Access Memory (RAM) devices.
  • ASICs Application-Specific Integrated Circuits
  • PLDs Programmable Logic Devices
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • RAM Random-Access Memory
  • Other embodiments described herein relate to a computer program product, which may include, for example, the instructions and/or computer code disclosed herein.
  • Hardware modules may include, for example, a general-purpose processor (or microprocessor or microcontroller), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), and/or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
  • Software modules (executed on hardware) may be expressed in a variety of software languages (e.g., computer code), including C, C++, Java®, Ruby, Visual Basic®, and/or other object-oriented, procedural, or other programming language and development tools.
  • Examples of computer code include, but are not limited to, micro-code or micro-instructions, machine instructions, such as produced by a compiler, code used to produce a web service, and files containing higher-level instructions that are executed by a computer using an interpreter. Additional examples of computer code include, but are not limited to, control signals, encrypted code, and compressed code.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Surgical Instruments (AREA)

Abstract

Systems, devices, and methods for electroporation ablation therapy are disclosed, with the device including a set of splines coupled to a catheter for medical ablation therapy. Each spline of the set of splines may include a set of electrodes formed on that spline. The set of splines may be configured for translation to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration. Each spline of the set of splines in the second configuration may be petal shaped.

Description

SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR DELIVERY OF PULSED ELECTRIC FIELD ABLATIVE ENERGY TO ENDOCARDIAL TISSUE
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a continuation-in-part application of U. S. Patent Application No. 15/874,721, filed January 18, 2018, and titled "SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR FOCAL ABLATION", which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/529,268, filed on July 6, 2017, and titled "SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR FOCAL ABLATION". This application also claims priority to U.S. Patent Application No. 15/711,266, filed September 21, 2017, and titled "SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR DELIVERY OF PULSED ELECTRIC FIELD ABLATIVE ENERGY TO ENDOCARDIAL TISSUE", which is a continuation-in-part of PCT Application No. PCT/US2017/012099, filed January 4, 2017, and titled "SYSTEMS, DEVICES AND METHODS FOR DELIVERY OF PULSED ELECTRIC FIELD ABLATIVE ENERGY TO ENDOCARDIAL TISSUE", which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/274,943, filed January 5, 2016, and titled "SYSTEMS, APPARATUSES AND DEVICES FOR DELIVERY OF PULSED ELECTRIC FIELD ABLATIVE ENERGY TO ENDOCARDIAL TISSUE". U.S. Patent Application No. 15/711,266 also claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/491,910, filed April 28, 2017, and titled "SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR DELIVERY OF PULSED ELECTRIC FIELD ABLATIVE ENERGY TO ENDOCARDIAL TISSUE", and to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/529,268, filed July 6, 2017, and titled "SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR FOCAL ABLATION". The entire disclosure of each of the foregoing applications is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
[0002] The generation of pulsed electric fields for tissue therapeutics has moved from the laboratory to clinical applications over the past two decades, while the effects of brief pulses of high voltages and large electric fields on tissue have been investigated for the past forty years or more. Application of brief high DC voltages to tissue may generate locally high electric fields typically in the range of hundreds of volts per centimeter that disrupt cell membranes by generating pores in the cell membrane. While the precise mechanism of this electrically-driven pore generation or electroporation continues to be studied, it is thought that the application of relatively brief and large electric fields generates instabilities in the lipid bilayers in cell membranes, causing the occurrence of a distribution of local gaps or pores in the cell membrane. This electroporation may be irreversible if the applied electric field at the membrane is larger than a threshold value such that the pores do not close and remain open, thereby permitting exchange of biomolecular material across the membrane leading to necrosis and/or apoptosis (cell death). Subsequently, the surrounding tissue may heal naturally.
[0003] While pulsed DC voltages may drive electroporation under the right circumstances, there remains an unmet need for thin, flexible, atraumatic devices that effectively deliver high DC voltage electroporation ablation therapy selectively to endocardial tissue in regions of interest while minimizing damage to healthy tissue.
SUMMARY
[0004] Described here are systems, devices, and methods for ablating tissue through irreversible electroporation.
[0005] An apparatus may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough. A second catheter may extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen. A set of splines may have a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter. Each spline may include a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines. Each electrode may have an insulated electrical lead associated herewith. The insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of each of the set of splines. The second catheter may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration. In the first configuration, the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis. In the second configuration, at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines may extend distal to a distal end of the second catheter.
[0006] In some embodiments, an apparatus may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough. A second catheter may extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen. A set of splines may have a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter. Each spline may include a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines. Each electrode has an insulated electrical lead associated herewith. The insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of each of the set of splines. The second catheter may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration. In the first configuration, the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis. In the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines may have a longitudinal axis in the second configuration that has an angle less than about 80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the first catheter.
[0007] In some embodiments, an apparatus may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough. A second catheter may extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen. A set of splines may have a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter. Each spline may include a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines. Each electrode may have an insulated electrical lead associated herewith. The insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of each of the set of splines. The second catheter may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration. In the first configuration, the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis. In the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines may form a loop and be twisted along its length such that that the spline has torsion along its length.
[0008] In some embodiments, each spline of the set of splines may have a rotation rate iT governed by the equation: j \ '}dl > π, where 1 is an arc length of the spline. In some embodiments, a rotation rate iT of the spline is governed by the equation: iT = du/dl, where 1 is an arc length along the spline. A shape of each spline of the set of splines is governed by the equation: J (u" b) dl≠0, where b = u x u.
[0009] In some embodiments, a system may include a signal generator configured for generating a pulse waveform. An ablation device may be coupled to the signal generator and configured for receiving the pulse waveform. The ablation device may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough. A second catheter may extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen. A handle may be coupled to the second catheter. A set of splines may have a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter. Each spline may include a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines. Each electrode may have an insulated electrical lead associated herewith. The insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of each of the set of splines. The second catheter may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration. In the first configuration, the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis. In the second configuration, at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines may extend distal to a distal end of the second catheter.
[0010] In some embodiments, in the second configuration, at least one electrode of each spline of the set of splines may be distal to the distal end of the second catheter. In some embodiments, the proximal portion of the set of splines may be coupled to the first catheter within the first catheter lumen. In some embodiments, the second catheter may define a lumen therethrough, and the distal portion of the set of splines may be coupled to the second catheter within the second catheter lumen. In some embodiments, in the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines may be non-overlapping with an adjacent spline.
[0011] In some embodiments, the set of splines may bow radially outward from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration. In some embodiments, the set of splines may bias away from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration. In some embodiments, an actuator may be coupled to the set of splines and the distal cap. The actuator may be configured to transition the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration. In some embodiments, the set of electrodes on adjacent splines may have opposite polarities. In some embodiments, the set of splines when deployed in the second configuration may form a shape with an effective cross-sectional diameter at its largest portion of between about 10 mm and about 35 mm. In some embodiments, the set of splines may include between 3 splines and 14 splines. In some embodiments, each spline of the set of splines may have a diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm. In some embodiments, each electrode of the set of electrodes may have a diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
[0012] In some embodiments, the insulated electrical leads may be disposed in a body of the second catheter. The insulated electrical leads may be configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In some embodiments, the pulse waveform including a first level of a hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a first set of pulses, each pulse having a pulse time duration, a first time interval separating successive pulses. A second level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a plurality of first sets of pulses as a second set of pulses, a second time interval separating successive first sets of pulses, the second time interval being at least three times the duration of the first time interval. A third level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a plurality of second sets of pulses as a third set of pulses, a third time interval separating successive second sets of pulses, the third time interval being at least thirty times the duration of the second level time interval. [0013] In some embodiments, a method of treating cardiac arrhythmia via irreversible electroporation may include the steps of advancing an ablation device into a left atrium of a patient, transitioning the ablation device from a first configuration to a second configuration. The ablation device may include a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough, a second catheter extending from a distal end of the first catheter lumen; and
[0014] a set of splines having a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter, each spline including a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines, each electrode having an insulated electrical lead associated herewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the set of splines. In the first configuration, the set of splines may be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis. In the second configuration, at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines extends distal to a distal end of the second catheter. The steps may further include generating a set of pulse waveforms and delivering the set of pulse waveforms to a set of contiguous portions of a posterior wall of a left atrium via one or more splines of a set of splines of the ablation device in the second configuration to form a set of ablation zones.
[0015] In some embodiments, in the second configuration, the set of splines may form a loop and are twisted along its length such that the spline has torsion along its length. In some embodiments, in the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines may have a longitudinal axis in the second configuration that has an angle less than about 80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the first catheter. In some embodiments, each spline of the set of splines may have a rotation rate iT governed by the equation: / \u'}dl > π , where 1 is an arc length of the spline. In some embodiments, a rotation rate iT of the spline is governed by the equation: iT = du/dl , where 1 is an arc length along the spline. In some embodiments, a shape of each spline of the set of splines may be governed by the equation: J (u" b) dl≠0 , where b = u x u.
[0016] In some embodiments, at least a portion of the set of splines may be advanced distal to the distal end of the second catheter by retracting the second catheter relative to the first catheter. In some embodiments, each insulated electrical lead may be configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
[0017] In some embodiments, the set of splines may include a group of electrodes, the group of electrodes may include the set of electrodes of each spline of the set of splines. The method may further include configuring a first electrode of the group of electrodes as an anode, configuring a second electrode of the group of electrodes as a cathode, and delivering the pulse waveform to the first electrode and the second electrode.
[0018] In some embodiments, a first set of electrodes of a first spline of the set of splines may be configured as anodes, a second set of electrodes of a second spline of the set of splines may be configured as cathodes, and the pulse waveform may be delivered to the first set of electrodes and the second set of electrodes.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0019] FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an electroporation system, according to embodiments.
[0020] FIG. 2 is a perspective view of an ablation catheter, according to embodiments.
[0021] FIG. 3 is a perspective view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
[0022] FIG. 4 is a perspective view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
[0023] FIG. 5 is a detailed perspective view of a distal portion of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
[0024] FIG. 6 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
[0025] FIG. 7 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
[0026] FIGS. 8A-8B are views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments. FIG. 8A is a side view and FIG. 8B is a front cross-sectional view.
[0027] FIG. 9A is a side view of an ablation catheter in a first structure, according to other embodiments. FIG. 9B is a side view of an ablation catheter in a second expanded structure, according to other embodiments. FIG. 9C is a side view of an ablation catheter in a third expanded structure, according to other embodiments. FIG. 9D is a side view of an ablation catheter in a fourth expanded structure, according to other embodiments. FIG. 9E is a side view of an ablation catheter in a fifth expanded structure, according to other embodiments.
[0028] FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a balloon ablation catheter disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart, according to other embodiments.
[0029] FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of a balloon ablation catheter disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart, according to other embodiments.
[0030] FIGS. 12A-12B are schematic views of a return electrode of an ablation system, according to embodiments. FIG. 12A illustrates an unenergized electrode and FIG. 12B illustrates an energized electrode.
[0031] FIG. 13 illustrates a method for tissue ablation, according to embodiments. [0032] FIG. 14 illustrates a method for tissue ablation, according to other embodiments.
[0033] FIG. 15 is an illustration of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 2 disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart.
[0034] FIG. 16 is an illustration of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 3 disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart.
[0035] FIG. 17 is an illustration of two of the ablation catheters depicted in FIG. 4 disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart.
[0036] FIG. 18 is an illustration of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 5 disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart.
[0037] FIGS. 19A-19B are illustrative views of a set of electrodes disposed in a pulmonary vein ostium, according to other embodiments. FIG. 19A is a schematic perspective view and FIG. 19B is a cross-sectional view.
[0038] FIGS. 20A-20B are illustrative views of an electric field generated by electrodes disposed in a pulmonary vein ostium, according to other embodiments. FIG. 20A is a schematic perspective view and FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view.
[0039] FIG. 21 is an example waveform showing a sequence of voltage pulses with a pulse width defined for each pulse, according to embodiments.
[0040] FIG. 22 schematically illustrates a hierarchy of pulses showing pulse widths, intervals between pulses, and groupings of pulses, according to embodiments.
[0041] FIG. 23 provides a schematic illustration of a nested hierarchy of monophasic pulses displaying different levels of nested hierarchy, according to embodiments.
[0042] FIG. 24 is a schematic illustration of a nested hierarchy of biphasic pulses displaying different levels of nested hierarchy, according to embodiments.
[0043] FIG. 25 illustrates schematically a time sequence of electrocardiograms and cardiac pacing signals together with atrial and ventricular refractory time periods and indicating a time window for irreversible electroporation ablation, according to embodiments.
[0044] FIG. 26A is a perspective view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments. FIG. 26B is a side view of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 26A disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart, adjacent to a pulmonary ostium. FIG. 26C is a top view of a simulation of the ablation catheter depicted in FIG. 26B, illustrating selective electrode activation according to embodiments. FIG. 26D is a simulated illustration of tissue ablation in a pulmonary ostium, according to embodiments. [0045] FIGS. 27A-27C are each side views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments. FIG. 27A is a side view of the ablation catheter in a second configuration. FIG. 27B is another side view of the ablation catheter in the second configuration. FIG. 27C is yet another side view of the ablation catheter in the second configuration.
[0046] FIG. 28 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
[0047] FIGS. 29A-29D are cross-sectional side views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments. FIG. 29A is a cross-sectional side view of the ablation catheter in a first configuration. FIG. 29B is a cross-sectional side view of the ablation catheter in a third configuration. FIG. 29C is another cross-sectional side view of the ablation catheter in the third configuration. FIG. 29D is yet another cross-sectional side view of the ablation catheter in the third configuration.
[0048] FIG. 30 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
[0049] FIGS. 31A-31B are perspective views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments. FIG. 31 A is a perspective view of the ablation catheter in a first configuration. FIG. 3 IB is a perspective view of the ablation catheter in a second configuration.
[0050] FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional schematic view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
[0051] FIGS. 33A-33E are illustrative views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments. FIG. 33 A is a perspective view of the ablation catheter. FIG. 33B is a front view of the ablation catheter of FIG. 33A. FIG. 33C is a cut-away perspective view of a spline of the ablation catheter of FIG. 33 A. FIG. 33D is a cross-sectional view of a spline of the ablation catheter of FIG. 33A. FIG. 33E is a perspective view of the ablation catheter of FIG. 33A disposed adjacent to tissue.
[0052] FIGS. 34A-34B are side views of a spline, according to other embodiments. FIG. 34A is a side view of a spline with a unit tangent vector. FIG. 34B is a side view with two unit tangent vectors.
[0053] FIG. 35 is a side view of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments.
[0054] FIGS. 36A-36C are side views of an ablation catheter, according to other embodiments. FIG. 36A is a side view of an ablation catheter in a second configuration. FIG. 36B is another side view of an ablation catheter in a second configuration. FIG. 36C is a side view of an ablation catheter near tissue. [0055] FIGS. 37A-37B are perspective views of an ablation catheter and a left atrium. FIG. 37A is a perspective view of an ablation catheter disposed in a left atrium. FIG. 37B is a perspective view of a left atrium after tissue ablation.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0056] Described herein are systems, devices, and methods for selective and rapid application of pulsed electric fields to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. Generally, the systems, devices, and methods described herein may be used to generate large electric field magnitudes at desired regions of interest and reduce peak electric field values elsewhere in order to reduce unnecessary tissue damage and electrical arcing. An irreversible electroporation system as described herein may include a signal generator and a processor configured to apply one or more voltage pulse waveforms to a selected set of electrodes of an ablation device to deliver energy to a region of interest (e.g., ablation energy for a set of tissue in a pulmonary vein ostium). The pulse waveforms disclosed herein may aid in therapeutic treatment of a variety of cardiac arrhythmias (e.g., atrial fibrillation). In order to deliver the pulse waveforms generated by the signal generator, one or more electrodes of the ablation device may have an insulated electrical lead configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. The electrodes may be independently addressable such that each electrode may be controlled (e.g., deliver energy) independently of any other electrode of the device. In this manner, the electrodes may deliver different energy waveforms with different timing synergistically for electroporation of tissue.
[0057] The term "electroporation" as used herein refers to the application of an electric field to a cell membrane to change the permeability of the cell membrane to the extracellular environment. The term "reversible electroporation" as used herein refers to the application of an electric field to a cell membrane to temporarily change the permeability of the cell membrane to the extracellular environment. For example, a cell undergoing reversible electroporation can observe the temporary and/or intermittent formation of one or more pores in its cell membrane that close up upon removal of the electric field. The term "irreversible electroporation" as used herein refers to the application of an electric field to a cell membrane to permanently change the permeability of the cell membrane to the extracellular environment. For example, a cell undergoing irreversible electroporation can observe the formation of one or more pores in its cell membrane that persist upon removal of the electric field. [0058] Pulse waveforms for electroporation energy delivery as disclosed herein may enhance the safety, efficiency and effectiveness of energy delivery to tissue by reducing the electric field threshold associated with irreversible electroporation, thus yielding more effective ablative lesions with a reduction in total energy delivered. In some embodiments, the voltage pulse waveforms disclosed herein may be hierarchical and have a nested structure. For example, the pulse waveform may include hierarchical groupings of pulses having associated timescales. In some embodiments, the methods, systems, and devices disclosed herein may comprise one or more of the methods, systems, and devices described in International Application Serial No. PCT/US2016/057664, filed on October 19, 2016, and titled "SYSTEMS, APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR DELIVERY OF ABLATIVE ENERGY TO TISSUE," the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0059] In some embodiments, the systems may further include a cardiac stimulator used to synchronize the generation of the pulse waveform to a paced heartbeat. The cardiac stimulator may electrically pace the heart with a cardiac stimulator and ensure pacing capture to establish periodicity and predictability of the cardiac cycle. A time window within a refractory period of the periodic cardiac cycle may be selected for voltage pulse waveform delivery. Thus, voltage pulse waveforms may be delivered in the refractory period of the cardiac cycle so as to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart. In some embodiments, an ablation device may include one or more catheters, guidewires, balloons, and electrodes. The ablation device may transform into different configurations (e.g., compact and expanded) to position the device within an endocardial space. In some embodiments, the system may optionally include one or more return electrodes.
[0060] Generally, to ablate tissue, one or more catheters may be advanced in a minimally invasive fashion through vasculature to a target location. In a cardiac application, the electrodes through which the voltage pulse waveform is delivered may be disposed on an epicardial device or on an endocardial device. The methods described here may include introducing a device into an endocardial space of the left atrium of the heart and disposing the device in contact with a pulmonary vein ostium. A pulse waveform may be generated and delivered to one or more electrodes of the device to ablate tissue. In some embodiments, the pulse waveform may be generated in synchronization with a pacing signal of the heart to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart. In some embodiments, the electrodes may be configured in anode-cathode subsets. The pulse waveform may include hierarchical waveforms to aid in tissue ablation and reduce damage to healthy tissue.
I. Systems
Overview
[0061] Disclosed herein are systems and devices configured for tissue ablation via the selective and rapid application of voltage pulse waveforms to aid tissue ablation, resulting in irreversible electroporation. Generally, a system for ablating tissue described here may include a signal generator and an ablation device having one or more electrodes for the selective and rapid application of DC voltage to drive electroporation. As described herein, the systems and devices may be deployed epicardially and/or endocardially to treat atrial fibrillation. Voltages may be applied to a selected subset of the electrodes, with independent subset selections for anode and cathode electrode selections. A pacing signal for cardiac stimulation may be generated and used to generate the pulse waveform by the signal generator in synchronization with the pacing signal.
[0062] Generally, the systems and devices described herein include one or more catheters configured to ablate tissue in a left atrial chamber of a heart. FIG. 1 illustrates an ablation system (100) configured to deliver voltage pulse waveforms. The system (100) may include an apparatus (120) including a signal generator (122), processor (124), memory (126), and cardiac stimulator (128). The apparatus (120) may be coupled to an ablation device (110), and optionally to a pacing device (130) and/or an optional return electrode (140) (e.g., a return pad, illustrated here with dotted lines).
[0063] The signal generator (122) may be configured to generate pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation of tissue, such as, for example, pulmonary vein ostia. For example, the signal generator (122) may be a voltage pulse waveform generator and deliver a pulse waveform to the ablation device (110). The return electrode (140) may be coupled to a patient (e.g., disposed on a patient's back) to allow current to pass from the ablation device (1 10) through the patient and then to the return electrode (140) to provide a safe current return path from the patient (not shown). The processor (124) may incorporate data received from memory (126), cardiac stimulator (128), and pacing device (130) to determine the parameters (e.g., amplitude, width, duty cycle, etc.) of the pulse waveform to be generated by the signal generator (122). The memory (126) may further store instructions to cause the signal generator (122) to execute modules, processes and/or functions associated with the system (100), such as pulse waveform generation and/or cardiac pacing synchronization. For example, the memory (126) may be configured to store pulse waveform and/or heart pacing data for pulse waveform generation and/or cardiac pacing, respectively.
[0064] In some embodiments, the ablation device (1 10) may include a catheter configured to receive and/or deliver the pulse waveforms described in more detail below. For example, the ablation device (1 10) may be introduced into an endocardial space of the left atrium and positioned to align one or more electrodes (1 12) to one or more pulmonary vein ostia, and then deliver the pulse waveforms to ablate tissue. The ablation device (110) may include one or more electrodes (112), which may, in some embodiments, be a set of independently addressable electrodes. Each electrode may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In some embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 1,500 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. For example, the electrodes (112) may be grouped into one or more anode-cathode subsets such as, for example, a subset including one anode and one cathode, a subset including two anodes and two cathodes, a subset including two anodes and one cathode, a subset including one anode and two cathodes, a subset including three anodes and one cathode, a subset including three anodes and two cathodes, and/or the like.
[0065] The pacing device (130) may be suitably coupled to the patient (not shown) and configured to receive a heart pacing signal generated by the cardiac stimulator (128) of the apparatus (120) for cardiac stimulation. An indication of the pacing signal may be transmitted by the cardiac stimulator (128) to the signal generator (122). Based on the pacing signal, an indication of a voltage pulse waveform may be selected, computed, and/or otherwise identified by the processor (124) and generated by the signal generator (122). In some embodiments, the signal generator (122) is configured to generate the pulse waveform in synchronization with the indication of the pacing signal (e.g., within a common refractory window). For example, in some embodiments, the common refractory window may start substantially immediately following a ventricular pacing signal (or after a very small delay) and last for a duration of approximately 250 ms or less thereafter. In such embodiments, an entire pulse waveform may be delivered within this duration.
[0066] The processor (124) may be any suitable processing device configured to run and/or execute a set of instructions or code. The processor may be, for example, a general purpose processor, a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), and/or the like. The processor may be configured to run and/or execute application processes and/or other modules, processes and/or functions associated with the system and/or a network associated therewith (not shown). The underlying device technologies may be provided in a variety of component types, e.g., metal- oxide semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET) technologies like complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS), bipolar technologies like emitter-coupled logic (ECL), polymer technologies (e.g., silicon-conjugated polymer and metal -conjugated polymer-metal structures), mixed analog and digital, and/or the like.
[0067] The memory (126) may include a database (not shown) and may be, for example, a random access memory (RAM), a memory buffer, a hard drive, an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable read-only memory (EEPROM), a readonly memory (ROM), Flash memory, etc. The memory (126) may store instructions to cause the processor (124) to execute modules, processes and/or functions associated with the system (100), such as pulse waveform generation and/or cardiac pacing.
[0068] The system (100) may be in communication with other devices (not shown) via, for example, one or more networks, each of which may be any type of network. A wireless network may refer to any type of digital network that is not connected by cables of any kind. However, a wireless network may connect to a wireline network in order to interface with the Internet, other carrier voice and data networks, business networks, and personal networks. A wireline network is typically carried over copper twisted pair, coaxial cable or fiber optic cables. There are many different types of wireline networks including, wide area networks (WAN), metropolitan area networks (MAN), local area networks (LAN), campus area networks (CAN), global area networks (GAN), like the Internet, and virtual private networks (VPN). Hereinafter, network refers to any combination of combined wireless, wireline, public and private data networks that are typically interconnected through the Internet, to provide a unified networking and information access solution.
Ablation Device
[0069] The systems described here may include one or more multi-electrode ablation devices configured to ablate tissue in a left atrial chamber of a heart for treating atrial fibrillation. FIG. 2 is a perspective view of an ablation device (200) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (1 10)) including a catheter (210) and a guidewire (220) slidable within a lumen of the catheter (210). The guidewire (220) may include a nonlinear distal portion (222) and the catheter (210) may be configured to be disposed over the guidewire (220) during use. The distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may be shaped to aid placement of the catheter (210) in a lumen of the patient. For example, a shape of the distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may be configured for placement in a pulmonary vein ostium and/or the vicinity thereof, as described in more detail with respect to FIG. 15. The distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may include and/or be formed in an atraumatic shape that reduces trauma to tissue (e.g., prevents and/or reduces the possibility of tissue puncture). For example, the distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may include a nonlinear shape such as a circle, loop (as illustrated in FIG. 2), ellipsoid, or any other geometric shape. In some embodiments, the guidewire (220) may be configured to be resilient such that the guidewire having a nonlinear shape may conform to a lumen of the catheter (210) when disposed in the catheter (210), and re-form/otherwise regain the nonlinear shape when advanced out of the catheter (210). In other embodiments, the catheter (210) may similarly be configured to be resilient, such as for aiding advancement of the catheter (210) through a sheath (not shown). The shaped distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may be angled relative to the other portions of the guidewire (220) and catheter (210). The catheter (210) and guidewire (220) may be sized for advancement into an endocardial space (e.g., left atrium). A diameter of the shaped distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) may be about the same as a diameter of a lumen in which the catheter (230) is to be disposed.
[0070] The catheter (210) may be slidably advanced over the guidewire (220) so as to be disposed over the guidewire (220) during use. The distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220) disposed in a lumen (e.g., near a pulmonary vein ostium) may serve as a backstop to advancement of a distal portion of the catheter (210). The distal portion of the catheter (210) may include a set of electrodes (212) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the electrode(s) (112)) configured to contact an inner radial surface of a lumen (e.g., pulmonary vein ostium). For example, the electrodes (212) may include an approximately circular arrangement of electrodes configured to contact a pulmonary vein ostium. As shown in FIG. 2, one or more electrodes (212) may include a series of metallic bands or rings disposed along a catheter shaft and be electrically connected together. For example, the ablation device (200) may include a single electrode having a plurality of bands, one or more electrodes each having its own band, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the electrodes (212) may be shaped to conform to the shape of the distal portion (222) of the guidewire (220). The catheter shaft may include flexible portions between the electrodes to enhance flexibility. In other embodiments, one or more electrodes (212) may include a helical winding to enhance flexibility.
[0071] Each of the electrodes of the ablation devices discussed herein may be connected to an insulated electrical lead (not shown) leading to a handle (not shown) coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter. The insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of at least 700V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between. This allows the electrodes to effectively deliver electrical energy and to ablate tissue through irreversible electroporation. The electrodes may, for example, receive pulse waveforms generated by a signal generator (122) as discussed above with respect to FIG. 1. In other embodiments, a guidewire (220) may be separate from the ablation device (200) (e.g., the ablation device (200) includes the catheter (210) but not the guidewire (220). For example, a guidewire (220) may be advanced by itself into an endocardial space, and thereafter the catheter (210) may be advanced into the endocardial space over the guidewire (220).
[0072] FIG. 3 is a perspective view of another embodiment of an ablation device (300) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (1 10)) including a catheter (310) having a set of electrodes (314) provided along a distal portion (312) of the catheter (310). The distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may be nonlinear and form an approximately circle shape. A set of electrodes (314) may be disposed along a nonlinear distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may form a generally circular arrangement of electrodes (314). During use, the electrodes (314) may be disposed at a pulmonary vein ostium in order to deliver a pulse waveform to ablate tissue, as described in more detail with respect to FIG. 16. The shaped distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may be angled relative to the other portions of the catheter (310). For example, the distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may be generally perpendicular to an adj acent portion of the catheter (310). In some embodiments, a handle (not shown) may be coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter (310) and may include a bending mechanism (e.g., one or more pull wires (not shown)) configured to modify the shape of the distal portion (312) of the catheter (310). For example, operation of a pull wire of the handle may increase or decrease a circumference of the circular shape of the distal portion (312) of the catheter (310). The diameter of the distal portion (312) of the catheter (310) may be modified to allow the electrodes (314) to be disposed near and/or in contact with a pulmonary vein ostium (e.g., in contact with an inner radial surface of the pulmonary vein). The electrodes (314) may include a series of metallic bands or rings and be independently addressable.
[0073] In some embodiments, the pulse waveform may be applied between the electrodes (314) configured in anode and cathode sets. For example, adjacent or approximately diametrically opposed electrode pairs may be activated together as an anode-cathode set. It should be appreciated that any of the pulse waveforms disclosed herein may be progressively or sequentially applied over a sequence of anode-cathode electrodes.
[0074] FIG. 4 is a perspective view of yet another embodiment of an ablation device (400) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (110)) including a catheter (410) and a guidewire (420) having a shaped, nonlinear distal portion (422). The guidewire (420) may be slidable within a lumen of the catheter (410). The guidewire (420) may be advanced through the lumen of the catheter (410) and a distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be approximately circular shaped. The shape and/or diameter of the distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be modified using a bending mechanism as described above with respect to FIG. 3. The catheter (410) may be flexible so as to be deflectable. In some embodiments, the catheter (410) and/or guidewire (420) may be configured to be resilient such that they conform to a lumen in which they are disposed and assume a secondary shape when advanced out of the lumen. By modifying a size of the guidewire (420) and manipulating the deflection of the catheter (410), the distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be positioned at a target tissue site, such as, a pulmonary vein ostium. A distal end (412) of the catheter (410) may be sealed off except where the guidewire (420) extends from such that the catheter (410) may electrically insulate the portion of the guidewire (420) within the lumen of the catheter (410). For example, in some embodiments, the distal end (412) of the catheter (410) may include a seal having an opening that permits passage of the guidewire (420) upon application of force to form a compression hold (that may be fluid-tight) between the seal and the guidewire (420).
[0075] In some embodiments, the exposed distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be coupled to an electrode and configured to receive a pulse waveform from a signal generator and deliver the pulse waveform to tissue during use. For example, a proximal end of the guidewire (420) may be coupled to a suitable lead and connected to the signal generator (122) of FIG. 1. The distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be sized such that it may be positioned at a pulmonary vein ostium. For example, a diameter of the shaped distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be about the same as a diameter of a pulmonary vein ostium. The shaped distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may be angled relative to the other portions of the guidewire (420) and catheter (410).
[0076] The guidewire (420) may include stainless steel, nitinol, platinum, or other suitable, biocompatible materials. In some embodiments, the distal portion (422) of the guidewire (420) may include a platinum coil physically and electrically attached to the guidewire (420). The platinum coil may be an electrode configured for delivery of a voltage pulse waveform. Platinum is radiopaque and its use may increase flexibility to aid advancement and positioning of the ablation device (400) within an endocardial space.
[0077] FIG. 5 is a detailed perspective view of a flower-shaped distal portion of an ablation device (500) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (110)) including a set of electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) each extending from a pair of insulated lead segments (510, 512, 514, 516). Each pair of adjacent insulated lead segments coupled to an uninsulated electrode (e.g., lead segments (510, 512) and electrode (526)) form a loop (FIG. 5 illustrates a set of four loops). The set of loops at the distal portion of the ablation device (500) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue. The ablation device (500) may include a set of insulated lead segments (510, 512, 514, 516) that branch out at a distal end of the device (500) to connect to respective exposed electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526), as shown in FIG. 5. The electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may include an exposed portion of an electrical conductor. In some embodiments, one or more of the electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may include a platinum coil. The one or more segments (510, 512, 514, 516) may be coupled to a bending mechanism (e.g., strut, pull wire, etc.) controlled from a handle (not shown) to control a size and/or shape of the distal portion of the device (500).
[0078] The electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may be flexible and form a compact first configuration for advancement into an endocardial space, such as adjacent to a pulmonary vein ostium. Once disposed at a desired location, the electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may be transformed to an expanded second configuration when advanced out of a lumen, such as a sheath, to form a flower-shaped distal portion, as shown in FIG. 5. In other embodiments, the insulated lead segments (510, 512, 514, 516) and electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may be biased to expand outward (e.g., spring open) into the second configuration when advanced out of a lumen (e.g., sheath) carrying the device (500). The electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) may be independently addressable and each have an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown.
[0079] In some embodiments, the ablation device (5000) may be configured for delivering the pulse waveform to tissue during use via the set of electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526). In some embodiments, the pulse waveform may be applied between the electrodes (520, 522, 524, 526) configured in anode and cathode sets. For example, approximately diametrically opposite electrode pairs (e.g., electrodes (520, 524) and (522, 526)) may be activated together as an anode-cathode pair. In other embodiments, adjacent electrodes may be configured as an anode- cathode pair. As an example, a first electrode (520) of the set of electrodes may be configured as an anode and a second electrode (522) may be configured as a cathode.
[0080] FIGS. 6-9E, 26A-27C, and 28 illustrate additional embodiments of an ablation device (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (110)) that may be configured to deliver voltage pulse waveforms using a set of electrodes to ablate tissue and electrically isolate a pulmonary vein. In some of these embodiments, the ablation device may be transformed from a first configuration to a second configuration such that the electrodes of the ablation device expand outward to contact a lumen of tissue (e.g., pulmonary vein ostium).
[0081] FIG. 6 is a side view of an embodiment of an ablation device (600) including a catheter shaft (610) at a proximal end of the device (600), a distal cap (612) of the device (600), and a set of splines (614) coupled thereto. The distal cap (612) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. A proximal end of the set of splines (614) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (610), and a distal end of the set of splines (614) may be tethered to the distal cap (612) of the device (600). The ablation device (600) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (614). As used herein, the terms "spline" and "spine" may be used interchangeably. In some embodiments, an apparatus may include a catheter defining a longitudinal axis
[0082] Each spline (614) of the ablation device (600) may include one or more jointly wired, or in some cases independently addressable electrodes (616) formed on a surface of the spline (614). Each electrode (616) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. Each spline (614) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (616) formed in a body of the spline (614) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (614)). In cases where the electrodes on a single spline are wired together, a single insulated lead may carry strands connecting to different electrodes on the spline. FIG. 6 illustrates a set of splines (614) where each spline (614) includes a pair of electrodes (616) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (616) of an adjacent spline (614). In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (616) may differ.
[0083] For each of the ablation devices described herein, and the ablation devices described in FIGS. 6-9E, 26A-27C, and 28 in particular, each spline of the set of splines may include a flexible curvature. The minimum radius of curvature of a spline can be in the range of about 1 cm or larger. For example, the set of splines may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device and be configured to transform between a first configuration where the set of splines bow radially outward from a longitudinal axis of the ablation device, and a second configuration where the set of splines are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the ablation device. In this manner, the splines may more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space. In general, the "basket" of splines can have an asymmetric shape along the shaft length, so that one end (say the distal end) of the basket is more bulbous than the other end (say the proximal end) of the basket. The delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration in contact with the pulmonary vein ostium and transformed to the second configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform. In some of these embodiments, a handle may be coupled to the set of splines and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration. In some embodiments, the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within the handle.
[0084] In one embodiment, each of the electrodes (616) on a spline (614) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (616) on an adjacent spline (614) may be configured as a cathode. In another embodiment, the electrodes (616) on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of an adjacent spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode). The ablation device (600) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and subranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (600) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (600) may include 6 to 12 splines.
[0085] FIG. 7 is a side view of another embodiment of an ablation device (700) including a catheter shaft (710) at a proximal end of the device (700), a distal cap (712) of the device (700), and a set of splines (714) coupled thereto. The distal cap (712) may include an atraumatic shape. A proximal end of the set of splines (714) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (710), and a distal end of the set of splines (714) may be tethered to the distal cap (712) of the device (700). Each spline (714) of the ablation device (700) may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (716) formed on a surface of the spline (714). Each electrode (716) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 1500 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. Each spline (714) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (716) formed in a body of the spline (714) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (714)). A set of spline wires (718, 719) may be electrically conductive and electrically couple adjacent electrodes (716) disposed on different splines (714) such as electrodes (716) between a pair of splines (718, 719) of the set of splines. For example, the spline wires (718, 719) may extend in a transverse direction relative to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (700).
[0086] FIG. 7 illustrates a set of splines (714) where each spline (714) includes a pair of electrodes (716) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (716) of an adjacent spline (714). In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (716) may differ. For example, the electrodes (716) electrically coupled to a first spline wire
(718) may differ in size and/or shape from electrodes (716') electrically coupled to a second spline wire (719).
[0087] In some embodiments, the first spline wire (718) may include a first set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723), where each spline wire of the set of spline wires (720, 721 , 722, 723) may couple electrodes (716) between a different pair of splines of the set of splines (714). In some of these embodiments, the set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723) may form a continuous loop between the electrodes (716) coupled thereto. Likewise, the second spline wire
(719) may include a second set of spline wires (724, 725, 726), where each spline wire of the set of spline wires (724, 725, 726) may couple electrodes (716') across the set of splines (714). The second set of spline wires (724, 725, 726) may couple different electrodes (716') across the set of splines (714) than the first set of spline wires (720, 721 , 722, 723). In some of these embodiments, the first set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723) may form a first continuous loop between the electrodes (716) coupled thereto and the second set of spline wires (724, 725, 726) may form a second continuous loop between the electrodes (716') coupled thereto. The first continuous loop may be electrically isolated from the second continuous loop. In some of these embodiments, the electrodes (716) coupled to the first continuous loop may be configured as anodes and the electrodes (716) coupled to the second continuous loop may be configured as cathodes. A pulse waveform may be delivered to the electrodes (716) of the first and second continuous loop. In some embodiments, the spline wires such as 721, 722, 723 etc. can be replaced by similar electrical connections in the proximal part of the device (for example, in the device handle). For example, the electrodes 716 can all be electrically wired together in the handle of the device.
[0088] In another embodiment, the first spline wire (721) of the set of spline wires (720, 721 , 722, 723) may couple electrodes (716) between a first spline (71 1) and a second spline (713) of the set of splines (714), and a second spline wire (720) of the set of spline wires (720, 721 , 722, 723) may couple electrodes (716) between the first spline (711) and a third spline (715) of the set of splines (714). The electrodes (716) coupled by the first spline wire (721) and the second spline wire (720) may be configured as an anode and cathode (or vice-versa). In yet another embodiment, the first spline wire (721) of the set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723) may couple the electrodes (716) between a first spline (711) and a second spline (713) of the set of splines (714), and a second spline wire (723) of the set of spline wires (720, 721, 722, 723) may couple the electrodes (716) between a third spline (715) and a fourth spline (717) of the set of splines (714). A pulse waveform may be delivered to the electrodes (716) coupled by the first spline wire (721) and the second spline wire (723). In some embodiments, instead of spline wires the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes are electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within a handle.
[0089] In other embodiments, one or more of the spline wires (718, 719) may form a continuous loop between the electrically coupled electrodes (716). For example, a first set of spline wires (718) may form a first continuous loop between the electrodes (716) coupled thereto and a second set of spline wires (719) may form a second continuous loop between the electrodes (716) coupled thereto. In this case, the first continuous loop may be electrically isolated from the second continuous loop. In one embodiment, each of the electrodes (716) coupled to a first set of spline wires (718) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (716) coupled to a second set of spline wires (719) may be configured as a cathode. Each group of electrically coupled electrodes (716) may be independently addressable. In some embodiments, instead of spline wires the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes are electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within a handle.
[0090] In some embodiments, as discussed in further detail below with respect to FIGS. 8A- 8B, a spline wire may electrically couple to a set of electrodes (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, etc.) without forming a continuous loop. For example, a discontinuous loop may be formed using two spline wires. In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (716) may differ. The ablation device (700) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines. In some embodiments, the ablation device (700) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, in one embodiment, the ablation device (700) may include 6 to 9 splines.
[0091] FIGS. 8A-8B are side and front cross-sectional views, respectively, of an ablation catheter (800). FIG. 8A is a side view of an embodiment of an ablation device (800) including a catheter shaft (810) at a proximal end of the device (800), a distal cap (812) of the device (800), and a set of splines (814) coupled thereto. The distal cap (812) may include an atraumatic shape. A proximal end of the set of splines (814) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (810), and a distal end of the set of splines (14) may be tethered to the distal cap (812) of the device (800). Each spline (814) of the ablation device (800) may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (816, 818) formed on a surface of the spline (814). Each electrode (816, 818) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between. Each spline (814) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (816, 818) formed in a body of the spline (814) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (814)). One or more spline wires (817, 819) may be electrically conductive and electrically couple adjacent electrodes (816, 818) disposed on different splines (814). For example, the spline wires (817, 819) may extend in a transverse direction relative to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (800).
[0092] FIG. 8B is a front cross-sectional view of FIG. 8A taken along the 8B-8B line. Each spline wire (817, 819, 821, 823) electrically couples a pair of adjacent electrodes (816, 818, 820, 822) on different splines. In some embodiments, each coupled electrode pair may be electrically isolated from each other. In some embodiments, the coupled electrode pair may be configured with a common polarity. Adjacent pairs of electrodes may be configured with opposite polarities (e.g., a first electrode pair configured as an anode and an adjacent second electrode pair configured as a cathode). For example, the electrodes (816) coupled to a first set of spline wires (817) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (818) coupled to a second set of spline wires (819) may be configured as a cathode. In some embodiments, each electrode formed on a spline (814) may share a common polarity (e.g., configured as an anode or cathode). Each coupled electrode pair may be independently addressable. In some embodiments, the ablation device (800) may include an even number of splines. The ablation device (800) may include any number of splines, for example, 4, 6, 8, 10, or more splines. In some embodiments, the ablation device may include 4 to 10 splines. For example, in one embodiment, the ablation device may include 6 to 8 splines. As indicated in the foregoing, in some embodiments, the spline wires such as 817, 819, etc. can be replaced by similar electrical connections in the proximal part of the device (for example, in the device handle). For example, the electrodes (816) can be electrically wired together in the handle of the device, so that these electrodes are at the same electric potential during ablation.
[0093] FIG. 9A is a side view of yet another embodiment of an ablation device (900) including a catheter shaft (910) at a proximal end of the device (900), a distal cap (912) of the device (900), and a set of splines (914) coupled thereto. The distal cap (912) may include an atraumatic shape. A proximal end of the set of splines (914) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (910), and a distal end of the set of splines (914) may be tethered to the distal cap (912) of the device (900). Each spline (914) of the ablation device (900) may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (916, 918) formed on a surface of the spline (914). Each electrode (916, 918) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. Each spline (914) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (916, 918) formed in a body of the spline (914) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (914)). FIG. 9A illustrates a set of splines (914) where each spline (914) includes an electrode spaced apart or offset from an electrode of an adjacent spline (914). For example, the set of splines (914) including a first spline (920) and a second spline (922) adjacent to the first spline (920), wherein an electrode (916) of the first spline (920) is disposed closer to a distal end (912) of the ablation device (900) relative to an electrode (918) of the second spline (922). In other embodiments, the size and shape of the electrodes (916, 918) may differ as well. [0094] In some embodiments, adjacent distal electrodes (916) and proximal electrodes (918) may form an anode-cathode pair. For example, the distal electrodes (916) may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes (918) may be configured as a cathode. In some embodiments, the ablation device (900) may include 3 to 12 splines. In FIG. 9A, one electrode (916, 918) is formed on a surface of each spline (914) such that each spline (914) includes one insulated electrical lead. A lumen of the spline (914) may therefore be reduced in diameter and allow the spline (914) to be thicker and more mechanically robust. Thus, dielectric breakdown of the insulation may be further reduced, thereby improving reliability and longevity of each spline (914) and the ablation device (900). The ablation device (900) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines. In some embodiments, the ablation device (900) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, in one embodiment, the ablation device (900) may include 6 to 10 splines. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the shape of a bulb-like expanded structure (930) of the expanded set of splines (914) may be asymmetric, for example with its distal portion being more bulbous or rounded than its proximal portion (e.g., see FIGS. 9B-9E). Such a bulbous distal portion can aid in positioning the device at the ostium of a pulmonary vein.
[0095] Referring to FIGS. 9B-9E, it is understood that unless indicated otherwise, components with similar references numbers to those in FIG. 9A (e.g., the electrode (916) in FIG. 9A and the electrode (916') in FIG. 9B) may be structurally and/or functionally similar. FIG. 9B illustrates the spline wires (914', 920', 922') forming an expanded structure (930') during use such as when deployed. A first plane (924A'), also sometimes referred to as a proximal plane, of the expanded structure (930') has a cross-sectional area that is different than a cross-sectional area at a second plane (924B') of the expanded structure (930'). As illustrated in FIG. 9B, in some embodiments, the cross-sectional area of the expanded structure (930') at the second plane (924B') is greater than that at the first plane (924A'). The terms "first plane" and "second plane" as used with respect to FIG. 9B may refer to planes orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (910') that are each formed up to about 1 cm, about 2 cm, and about 3 cm or more (including all values and sub-ranges in between) from the distal end of the catheter shaft (910') and the proximal end of the distal cap (912'), respectively. Similar to FIG. 9A, the electrode (916') of the first spline (920') is disposed closer to the distal cap (912') of the ablation device (900') relative to an electrode (918') of the second spline (922').
[0096] FIG. 9C illustrates the spline wires (914", 920", 922") forming an expanded structure (930") during use such as when deployed. A first plane (924A"), also sometimes referred to as a proximal plane, of the expanded structure (930") has a cross-sectional area that is different than a cross-sectional area at a second plane (924B") of the expanded structure (930"). As illustrated in FIG. 9C, in some embodiments, the cross-sectional area of the expanded structure (930") at the second plane (924B") is greater than that at the first plane (924 A"). The terms "first plane" and "second plane" as used with respect to FIG. 9C may refer to planes orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (910") that are each formed up to about 1 cm, about 2 cm, and about 3 cm or more (including all values and sub-ranges in between) from the distal end of the catheter shaft (910") and the proximal end of the distal cap (912"), respectively. Unlike FIGS. 9A-9B, multiple electrodes may be present on each spline wire, and some electrodes may be equidistant from the distal cap (912"). In this manner, relatively distal electrodes such as 932" and 934" may be apposed at or proximal/antral to a pulmonary vein ostium during use for ablation delivery to generate an ostial circumferential lesion around a pulmonary vein.
[0097] FIG. 9D illustrates the spline wires (914"', 920"', 922"') forming an expanded structure (930"') during use such as when deployed. The spline wires (914"', 920"', 922"') converge at their distal ends to a point (928"') that lies inside/within the expanded structure (930"'). As illustrated in FIG. 9D, in such a configuration, at least some electrodes (932"', 934"') on the spline wires (914"', 920"', 922"') may lie in a distal end plane (926"') of the expanded structure (930"'). The term "distal end plane" as used with respect to FIG. 9D may refer to a plane orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (910"') that passes through a distal boundary of the expanded structure (930"'). In this manner, the expanded structure (930"') may be pressed against, for example, an endocardial surface such as the posterior wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes in the distal end plane using any suitable combination of polarities. For example, distal electrodes (932"', 934"') may be pressed against an endocardial surface and used to form a lesion via focal ablation (e.g., a spot lesion).
[0098] Referring now to generation of focal ablation lesions using the ablation device (900"'), in some embodiments, the electrodes (933, 935) (also sometimes referred to as "proximal electrodes") and the electrodes (932"', 934"') (also sometimes referred to as "distal electrodes") may be activated with opposite polarities. Conduction between these electrodes through the blood pool results in electric field generation and application of the electric field as ablative energy to the endocardial surface present at the distal end plane (926 "'), resulting in focal ablation. For example, the spline wires (914"', 920"', 922"') may form the expanded structure (930"') such that the distal electrodes (932"', 934"') lie at or within the distal end plane (926"') of an endocardial surface while the proximal electrodes (933, 935) lie outside the distal end plane (926"') and consequently do not press against or otherwise contact the endocardial surface. In some embodiments, the distal electrodes (932"', 934"') may have the same polarity while adjacent proximal electrodes (935, 933) may have the opposite polarity to the distal electrodes (932"', 934"').
[0099] In some embodiments, the electrodes of the ablation device (900"') may have a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5.0 mm and a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 0.5 mm to about 2.5 mm, including all values and subranges in between. The spline wires (914"', 920"', 922"') in the expanded structure (930"') illustrated in FIG. 9D may have a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 6.0 mm to about 30.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between. The focal ablation lesion formed in this manner may have a diameter between about 0.5 cm to about 2.5 cm, including all values and subranges in between.
[0100] In some embodiments, the distal electrodes (932"', 934"') may be configured with opposite polarities. In some embodiments, adjacent electrodes on the same spline may have the same polarity such that distal electrode (934"') may have the same polarity as proximal electrode (933) and likewise distal electrode (932"') may have the same polarity as proximal electrode (935). Electrodes (934"', 933) may have the opposite polarity as electrodes (932"', 935).
[0101] In some embodiments, adjacent distal electrodes (934"') and proximal electrodes (933) may form an anode-cathode pair. For example, the distal electrodes (934"') may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes (933) may be configured as a cathode. In another embodiment, the electrodes (2630) on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of an adjacent spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode).
[0102] FIG. 9E illustrates the spline wires (944, 940, 942) forming an expanded structure (950) during use such as when deployed. The spline wires (944, 940, 942) converge at their distal ends at a proximal end of a distal cap (912"") inside/within the expanded structure (950). As illustrated in FIG. 9E, in such a configuration, at least some electrodes (952, 954) on the spline wires (944, 940) may lie in a distal end plane (946) of the expanded structure (950). The term "distal end plane" as used with respect to FIG. 9E may refer to a plane orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (910"") that passes through a distal boundary of the expanded structure (950). In this manner, the expanded structure (950) may be pressed against, for example, the posterior wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes in the distal end plane (946) using any suitable combination of polarities. For example, the electrodes 952 and 954 may be configured with opposite polarities. Relative to the expanded structure (930"") in FIG. 9D, the expanded structure (950) in FIG. 9E has a more orthogonal (e.g., flattened) shape that may be pressed against, for example, the posterior wall of the left atrium for tissue ablation. In other words, the cross-sectional area of the expanded structure (930"") at the distal end plane (926"") is less than that the cross-sectional area of the expanded structure (950) at the distal end plane (946). As another example, distal electrodes (952, 954) may be pressed against an endocardial surface and used to form a lesion via focal ablation (e.g., a spot lesion) as generally described herein for FIG. 9D.
[0103] For each of the ablation devices described herein, each of the splines may include a polymer and define a lumen so as to form a hollow tube. The one or more electrodes of the ablation device described herein may include a diameter from about 0.2 mm to about 2.0 mm and a length from about 0.2 mm to about 5.0 mm. In some embodiments, the electrode may include a diameter of about 1 mm and a length of about 1 mm. As the electrodes may be independently addressable, the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. For example, different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail below. It should be appreciated that the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver contiguous/transmural energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins. In some embodiments, alternate electrodes (for example, all the distal electrodes) can be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other electrodes (for example, all the proximal electrodes). Thus ablation can be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time. A variety of such electrode pairing options exist and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
[0104] FIG. 26A is a perspective view of an embodiment of an ablation device (2600) having a flower-like shape and including a catheter shaft (2610) at a proximal end of the device (2600), a distal cap (2612) of the device (2600), and a set of splines (2620) coupled thereto. As best shown in FIG. 26B, a spline shaft (2614) may be coupled at a proximal end to the proximal handle (not shown) and coupled at a distal end to the distal cap (2612). In preferred embodiments, the distance between the distal cap (2612) and the catheter shaft (2610) may be less than about 8 mm. The spline shaft (2614) and distal cap (2612) may be translatable along a longitudinal axis (2616) of the ablation device (2600). The spline shaft (2614) and distal cap (2612) may move together. The spline shaft (2614) may be configured to slide within a lumen of the catheter shaft (2610). The distal cap (2612) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. A proximal end of each spline of the set of splines (2620) may pass through a distal end of the catheter shaft (2610) and be tethered to the catheter shaft within the catheter shaft lumen, and a distal end of each spline of the set of splines (2620) may be tethered to the distal cap (2612) of the device (2600). The ablation device (2600) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform, as disclosed for example in FIGS. 21-25, to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (2620).
[0105] Each spline (2620) of the ablation device (2600) may include one or more jointly wired electrodes (2630) formed on a surface of the spline (2620), in some embodiments. In other embodiments, one or more of the electrodes (2630) on a given spline may be independently addressable electrodes (2630). Each electrode (2630) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. Each spline (2620) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2630) within a body of the spline (2620) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2620)). FIG. 26A illustrates a set of splines (2620) where each spline includes a set of electrodes (2632 or 2634) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (2634 or 2632) of an adjacent spline (2620). In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (2632, 2634) may differ. The thickness of each spline (2620) may vary based on the number of electrodes (2630) formed on each spline (2620) which may correspond to the number of insulated electrical leads in the spline (2620). The splines (2620) may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or length.
[0106] Each spline of the set of splines (2620) may include a flexible curvature so as to rotate, or twist and bend and form a petal-shaped curve such as shown in FIGS. 26A-26C. The minimum radius of curvature of a spline in the petal-shaped configuration may be in the range of about 7 mm to about 25 mm. For example, the set of splines may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (2600) and be configured to transform between a first configuration where the set of splines are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2600), and a second configuration where the set of splines rotate around, or twist and bend, and generally bias away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2600). In the first configuration, each spline of the set of splines may lie in one plane with the longitudinal axis of the ablation device. In the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines may bias away from the longitudinal axis to form a petal-like curve arranged generally perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. In this manner, the set of splines (2620) twist and bend and bias away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2600), thus allowing the splines (2620) to more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space, and particularly adjacent to the opening of a pulmonary ostium. The second configuration may, for example, resemble the shape of a flower, when the ablation device is viewed from the front as best shown in FIG. 26C. In some embodiments, the each spline in the set of splines in the second configuration may twist and bend to form a petal-like curve that, when viewed from front, displays an angle between the proximal and distal ends of the curve of more than 180 degrees. The set of splines may further be configured to transform from a second configuration to a third configuration where the set of splines (2620) may be impressed (e.g., in contact with) against target tissue such as tissue surrounding a pulmonary vein ostium.
[0107] In some embodiments, the spline shaft (2614) coupled to the set of splines (2620) may allow each spline of the set of splines (2620) to bend and twist relative to the catheter shaft (2610) as the spline shaft (2614) slides within a lumen of the catheter shaft (2610). For example, the set of splines (2620) may form a shape generally parallel to a longitudinal axis of the spline shaft (2614) when undeployed, be wound (e.g., helically, twisted) about an axis (2660) parallel to the longitudinal axis of the spline shaft (2620) when fully deployed, and form any intermediate shape (such as a cage or barrel) in-between as the spline shaft (2614) slides within a lumen of the catheter shaft (2610).
[0108] In some embodiments, the set of splines in the first configuration, such as the spline (2620), may be wound about an axis (2660) parallel to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2610) in some portions along its length but elsewhere may otherwise be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2610). The spline shaft (2614) may be retracted into the catheter shaft (2610) to transform the ablation device (2600) from the first configuration to the second configuration where the splines (2620) are generally angled or offset (e.g., perpendicular) with respect to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2610) and twisted. As shown in the front view of FIG. 26C, each spline (2620) may form a twisting loop in this front view projection. In FIG. 26C, each spline (2620) has a set of electrodes (2630) having the same polarity. As shown in the front view of FIG. 26C, each spline of the set of splines (2620) may form a twisted loop such that each spline overlaps one or more other splines. The number and spacing of the electrodes (2630), as well as the rotated twist of the spline (2620), may be configured by suitable placement of electrodes along each spline to prevent overlap of an electrode (2630) on one spline with an electrode of an adjacent, overlapping spline (2620).
[0109] A spline having a set of anode electrodes (2632) may be activated together to deliver pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation. Electrodes on other splines may be activated together as cathode electrodes such as electrodes (2634) and (2635) on their respective splines so at to form an anode-cathode pairing for delivery of pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation, as shown in FIG. 26C. The anode-cathode pairing and pulse waveform delivery can be repeated sequentially over a set of such pairings.
[0110] For example, the splines (2620) may be activated sequentially in a clockwise or counter-clockwise manner. As another example, the cathode splines may be activated sequentially along with respective sequential anode spline activation until ablation is completed. In embodiments where electrodes on a given spline are wired separately, the order of activation within the electrode of each spline may be varied as well. For example, the electrodes in a spline may be activated all at once or in a predetermined sequence.
[0111] The delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to make contact with the pulmonary vein ostium or antrum. In some of these embodiments, a handle may be coupled to the spline shaft (2614) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration. For example, the handle may be configured to translate the spline shaft (2614) and distal cap (2612) relative to the catheter shaft (2610), thereby actuating the set of splines (2620) coupled to the distal cap and causing them to bend and twist. The proximal ends of the splines (2620) may be fixed to the spline shaft (2614) thereby generating buckling of the splines (2620) resulting in a bending and twisting motion of the splines (2620), for example, as the distal cap (2612) and spline shaft (2614) are pulled back relative to the catheter shaft (2610) that may be held by a user. For example, a distal end of the set of splines (2620) tethered to the distal cap (2612) may be translated by up to about 60 mm along the longitudinal axis of the ablation device to actuate this change in configuration. In other words, translation of an actuating member of the handle may bend and twist the set of splines (2620). In some embodiments, actuation of a knob, wheel, or other rotational control mechanism in the device handle may result in a translation of the actuating member or spline shaft and result in bending and twisting of the splines (2620). In some embodiments, the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (2630) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (2600), such as, for example, within the handle.
[0112] Retraction of the spline shaft (2614) and distal cap (2612) may bring the set of splines (2620) closer together as shown in FIG. 26B where the set of splines (2620) are generally perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2610). In some embodiments, each spline of the set of splines (2620) may be biased laterally away from the longitudinal axis of the spline shaft (2614) by up to about 3 cm. In some embodiments, the spline shaft (2614) may include a hollow lumen. In some embodiments, the cross section of a spline may be asymmetric so as to have a larger bending stiffness in one bending plane of the spline orthogonal to the plane of the cross section than in a different bending plane. Such asymmetric cross sections may be configured to present a relatively larger lateral stiffness and thereby may deploy with minimal overlap of the petal-shaped curves of each spline and its neighbors in the final or fully-deployed configuration.
[0113] In one embodiment, each of the electrodes (2632) on a spline (2620) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (2634) on a different spline may be configured as a cathode. In another embodiment, the electrodes (2630) on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of another spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode).
[0114] In some embodiments, the spline electrodes may be electrically activated in sequential manner to deliver a pulse waveform with each anode-cathode pairing. In some embodiments, the electrodes may be electrically wired together within the spline, while in alternate embodiments they may be wired together in the handle of the device, so that these electrodes are at the same electric potential during ablation. In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (2630) may differ as well. In some embodiments, adjacent distal electrodes and proximal electrodes may form an anode-cathode pair. For example, the distal electrodes may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes may be configured as a cathode.
[0115] The ablation device (2600) may include any number of splines, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2600) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (2600) may include from 4 to 12 splines. [0116] Each of the splines of the set of splines (2620) may include respective electrodes (2630) having an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. For example, the electrodes (2630) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue. In some embodiments, the electrodes (2630) may be located along any portion of the spline (2620) distal to the catheter shaft (2610). The electrodes (2630) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
[0117] In this manner, the electrodes in the second configuration may be held close to or placed against a section of atrial wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities, as described herein. For example, the set of splines (2620) may be placed in contact against the atrial wall (2654) of atrium (2652) adjacent a pulmonary vein (2650) (e.g., ostium or antrum).
[0118] FIG. 26D is a schematic illustration of ablation (2664) generated by the ablation device (2600) on tissue, such as the tissue surrounding a pulmonary vein ostium. For example, activation of one or more of the electrodes (2630) on one or more of the splines (2620) may generate one or more corresponding ablation areas (2664) along a wall (2654) of a pulmonary vein antrum or ostium. In some embodiments, an outline of the ablation areas (2664) in the pulmonary vein ostium may have a diameter of between about 2 cm and about 6 cm, and may be about 3.5 cm. In this manner, a contiguous, transmural lesion may be generated, resulting in electrical isolation of the pulmonary vein, which is a desired therapeutic outcome.
[0119] Alternatively, the ablation catheter with its deployed electrodes may be placed adjacent to or against a section of posterior wall of the left atrium, and by activation of suitable electrode sets, an appropriate pulse waveform may be delivered for irreversible electroporation energy delivery to ablate tissue.
[0120] In some embodiments, as the electrodes or a subset of electrodes may be independently addressable, the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. For example, different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail herein. It should be appreciated that the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver contiguous/transmural energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins. In some embodiments, alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes. Thus, in some embodiments, ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time. A variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
[0121] In some embodiments, a distal-most portion of the ablation device may include a set of splines rather than a distal cap or another element that extends a length of a catheter shaft. This may aid positioning of the set of splines against tissue and reduce contact of other elements of an ablation device to tissue that may cause trauma to tissue. For example, FIG. 35 is a side view of an embodiment of an ablation device (3500) including a first catheter (3510) (e.g., outer catheter shaft) at a proximal end of the device (3500). The first catheter (3510) may define a longitudinal axis (3550) and a lumen therethrough. A second catheter (3520) may be slidably disposed within the first catheter lumen and extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen. The second catheter (3520) may have a diameter smaller than a diameter of the first catheter (3510). The second catheter (3520) may define a lumen therethrough. For example, the lumen may provide passage for another device such as a guidewire.
[0122] A set of splines (3530) may be coupled to the first catheter (3510) and the second catheter (3520). In particular, a proximal portion of the set of splines (3530) may be coupled to a distal end of the first catheter (3510) and a distal portion of the set of splines (3530) may be coupled to a distal end of the second catheter (3520). The second catheter (3520) may be translatable along a longitudinal axis (3550) of the ablation device (3500). A proximal end of each spline of the set of splines (3530) may pass through a distal end of the first catheter (3510) and be tethered to the first catheter (3510) within the first catheter lumen. A distal end of each spline of the set of splines (3530) may pass through a distal end of the second catheter (3520) and be tethered to the second catheter (3520) within the second catheter lumen. In some embodiments, a junction (3522) may be formed between a distal end of the second catheter (3520) and the set of splines (3530). For example, a polymer reflow process may be used to form a smooth, atraumatic junction between the second catheter (3520) and the set of splines (3530). The ablation device (3500) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform, as disclosed for example in FIGS. 21 -26, to tissue during use via the electrodes of one or more splines of the set of splines (3530).
[0123] Each spline (3530) of the ablation device (3500) may include one or more electrodes (3540) formed on a surface of the spline (3530). Each electrode (3540) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. Each spline (3530) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (3540) formed in a body of the spline (3530) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (3530)). FIG. 35 illustrates a set of splines where each spline (3530) includes a set of electrodes (3540) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (3540) of an adjacent spline. In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (3540) may differ.
[0124] The ablation device (3500) may be configured for delivering a set of voltage pulse waveforms using a set of electrodes (3540) to ablate tissue. In some of these embodiments, the ablation device (3500) may be transformed from a first configuration to a second configuration such that the splines (3530) of the ablation device (3500) bow radially outward.
[0125] At least a portion of the set of splines (3530) may include a flexible curvature. For example, a proximal region (3522) and a distal region (3526) of each spline (3530). The set of splines (3530) may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (3500) and may be configured to transform between a first configuration where the set of splines (3530) are arranged generally closer to the longitudinal axis (3540) of the ablation device (3500) and a second configuration where the set of splines (3530) bow radially outward from a longitudinal axis (3540) of the ablation device (3500) to form a basket-like and/or flowerlike shape where each spline forms a "petal". The space curve shape of the splines in the second configuration may be described with respect to equations (l)-(3) corresponding to FIGS. 34A- 34B. For example, in a fully deployed configuration, the integrated magnitude of the rotation rate of each of the splines of the set of splines (3530) along the length of each spline may be greater than π radians.
[0126] In other embodiments, the "basket" of splines may have an asymmetric shape along the catheter length, so that one end (say the distal end) of the basket is more bulbous than the other end (say the proximal end) of the basket. The delivery assembly may be advanced through a body cavity in the first configuration and transformed to the second configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform. In some embodiments, a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines (3530) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines (3530) between the first configuration and the second configuration. In some embodiments, actuation of one or more knobs, wheels, sliders, pull wires, and/or other control mechanisms in the handle may result in translation of the second catheter (3520) relative to the first catheter (3510) and result in bending of the splines (3530). In some embodiments, the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (3540) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (3500), such as, for example, within the handle. For example, the handle may be configured to translate the second catheter (3512) relative to the first catheter (3510), thereby actuating the set of splines (3530) and causing them to bend, as shown in FIG. 35. The distal ends of the splines (3530) may be fixed to the distal end of the second catheter (3520), thereby generating buckling of the splines (3530) resulting in a bending motion of the splines (3530), for example, as the second catheter (3520) are pulled back relative to the first catheter (3510). In other words, translation of an actuating member of the handle may bend the set of splines (3530). In some embodiments, each spline of the set of splines (3530) may be biased laterally away from the longitudinal axis (3540) of the second catheter (3512) by up to about 35 mm. For example, the set of splines (3530) in the second configuration may form a shape with an effective cross-sectional diameter at its largest portion of between about 10 mm and about 35 mm. In the second configuration, the set of splines may have a length between about 15 mm and about 50 mm.
[0127] In one embodiment, each of the electrodes on a spline may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes on a different spline may be configured as a cathode. That is, the set of electrodes on adjacent splines may have opposite polarities. In another embodiment, the electrodes on one spline may altemate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of another spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode). In some embodiments, adj acent distal electrodes and proximal electrodes may form an anode-cathode pair. For example, the distal electrodes may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes may be configured as a cathode.
[0128] In some embodiments, the electrodes may be electrically activated in a sequential manner to deliver a pulse waveform with each anode-cathode pairing. In some embodiments, the electrodes (3540) may be electrically wired together within the spline (3530), while in altemate embodiments they may be wired together in the handle of the device (3500), so that these electrodes (3540) are at the same electric potential during ablation. In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (3540) may differ as well. As another example, the splines (3530) may be activated sequentially in a clockwise or counter-clockwise manner. As another example, the cathode splines may be activated sequentially along with respective sequential anode spline activation until ablation is completed. In embodiments where electrodes (3540) on a given spline (3530) are wired separately, the order of activation within the electrode (3540) of each spline (3530) may be varied as well. For example, the electrodes (3540) in a spline may be activated all at once or in a predetermined sequence.
[0129] The electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. It should be appreciated that the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver energy to electrically isolate one or more regions of cardiac tissue. In some embodiments, alternate electrodes (for example, all the distal electrodes) can be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other electrodes (for example, all the proximal electrodes). Thus, ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time. A variety of such electrode pairing options exist and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
[0130] Each of the splines (3530) may be composed of a polymer and define a lumen so as to form a hollow tube. The set of splines (3530) of the ablation device (3500) may have a diameter between about 1.0 mm to about 5.0 mm. The set of electrodes (3540) of the ablation device (3500) may have a diameter between about 1.0 mm to about 5.0 mm and a length between about 0.2 mm to about 5.0 mm.
[0131] The ablation device (3500) may include any number of splines, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (3500) may include 3 to 16 splines. For example, the ablation device (3500) may include from 3 to 14 splines.
[0132] Each of the splines of the set of splines (3530) may include respective electrodes (3540) having an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. For example, the electrodes (3540) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion. In some embodiments, the electrodes (3540) may be located along any portion of the spline (3530) distal to the first catheter (3510). The electrodes (3540) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines. The ablation device (3500) may include any number of electrodes, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, or more electrodes per spline, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (3500) may include 2 to 12 electrodes per spline.
[0133] FIGS. 34A-34B are side views of a spline (3400) structurally and/or functionally similar to the splines described herein, such as the splines shown in FIGS. 36A-36C. FIG. 34A is a side view of a spline having a unit tangent vector. FIG. 34B is a side view of a spline having two unit tangent vectors. FIGS. 34A-34B depict a spline (3400) having a flower petal-like shape and may correspond to the shape of a spline in a second configuration and/or third configuration as described in detail herein. For the sake of simplicity, the spline (3400) is shown without other elements such as electrodes. The curved spline (3400) includes a proximal end (3402) and a distal end (3404). At every point (3410) along the spline (3400), a unit tangent vector u (3420) may be defined. FIG. 34B illustrates a unit tangent vector ui (3430) at the proximal end (3402) of the spline (3400) and a unit tangent vector 112 (3440) at the distal end (3404) of the spline (3400).
[0134] A rate of change of a unit tangent vector along the length of spline may be governed by the equation:
iT = du/dl (1)
where 1 is an arc length along the spline.
[0135] The rate of change of the unit tangent vector iT may be referred to as a rotation rate of the unit tangent vector along the spline. The rotation rate iT is perpendicular to the unit tangent vector u because iru = 1.
[0136] In some embodiments, the splines as described herein may be transitioned to form a petal shape may form a loop being twisted along its length such that the spline has torsion along its length. The splines as described herein have an integrated magnitude of the rotation rate governed by the inequality:
j \u' \}dl > n (2)
[0137] That is, the integrated magnitude of the rotation rate of a spline is greater than π radians or equivalently, 180 degrees. Since u and iT are perpendicular, iru' = 0. Therefore, the vector b = u x u' is perpendicular to both u and iT.
[0138] In some embodiments, the shape of the spline is generally a space curve with torsion, so that the derivative of the rotation rate generally has a component along b at least at some locations along the length of the spline, governed by the equation:
/ (u" b) dl≠ 0 (3)
[0139] In some embodiments of the devices described herein, the deployed splines of the set of splines may satisfy both equations (2) and (3).
[0140] FIGS. 36A-36C are side views of an ablation catheter (3600) configured, when the distal splines are fully deployed, to have the deployed set of splines and a set of electrodes extending distal to the all other elements of the catheter (3600) so as to reduce trauma to tissue and aid positioning and contact between the set of electrodes and tissue. FIG. 36A is a perspective view of an embodiment of an ablation device (3600) having a flower-like shape and including a first catheter (3610) at a proximal end of the device (3600). The first catheter (3610) may define a longitudinal axis (3650) and a lumen therethrough. A second catheter (3620) may be slidably disposed within the first catheter lumen and extend from a distal end of the first catheter lumen. The first catheter and second catheter together with a catheter handle for actuation may comprise a single device. A set of splines (3630) may be coupled to the first catheter (3610) and the second catheter (3620). The second catheter (3620) may be translatable along a longitudinal axis (3650) of the ablation device (3600). A proximal end of each spline of the set of splines (3630) may pass through a distal end of the first catheter (3610) and be tethered to the first catheter (3610) within the first catheter lumen, and a distal end of each spline of the set of splines (3630) may be tethered to a distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620), as described in detail with respect to FIG. 35. Since the ablation catheter (3600) does not include a distal cap or other protrusion extending from a distal end of a second catheter (3620), the device (3600) in a second configuration (e.g., flower shape) may engage with sensitive tissue such as a thin cardiac wall with a reduced risk of trauma from the device (3600). The ablation device (3600) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform, as disclosed for example in FIGS. 21-26, to tissue during use via one or more electrodes on the set of splines (3630).
[0141] Each spline (3630) of the ablation device (3600) may include one or more jointly wired electrodes (3640) formed on a surface of the spline (3630), in some embodiments. In other embodiments, one or more of the electrodes (3640) on a given spline may be independently addressable electrodes (3640). Each electrode (3640) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. Each spline (3630) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (3640) within a body of the spline (3630) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (3630)). FIGS. 36A-36C illustrates a set of splines (3630) where each spline includes a set of electrodes (3640) having about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (3640) of an adjacent spline (3630). In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (3640) may differ. The thickness of each spline (3630) may vary based on the number of electrodes (3640) formed on each spline (3630) which may correspond to the number of insulated electrical leads in the spline (3630). The splines (3630) may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or length.
[0142] Each spline of the set of splines (3630) may include a flexible curvature so as to rotate, or twist and bend and form a petal-shaped curve such as shown in FIGS. 26A-26C, 34A- 34B, and 36A-36C. The minimum radius of curvature of a spline in the petal-shaped configuration may be between about 7 mm to about 25 mm. For example, the set of splines may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (3600) and be configured to transform between a first configuration where the set of splines are arranged generally closer to the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (3600), and a second configuration where the set of splines rotate around, or twist and bend, and generally bias away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (3600). In the first configuration, each spline of the set of splines may lie in one plane with the longitudinal axis of the ablation device. In the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines may bias away from the longitudinal axis to form a petal-like curve (e.g., flower shape) where the longitudinal axis of the splines is arranged generally perpendicular or has an acute angle relative to the longitudinal axis (3650). As described in detail herein, the shape (e.g., bend, curve) of the set of splines may satisfy equations (l)-(3). In this manner, the set of splines (3620) twist and bend and bias away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (3600), thus allowing the splines (3620) to more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space, such as a posterior wall and opening of a pulmonary ostium. In some embodiments, each spline in the set of splines in the second configuration may twist and bend to form a petal-like curve that, when viewed from the front, displays an angle between the proximal and distal ends of the curve of more than 180 degrees.
[0143] In some embodiments, the second catheter (3620) coupled to the set of splines (3630) may allow each spline of the set of splines (3630) to bend and twist relative to the first catheter (3610) as the second catheter (3620) slides within a lumen of the first catheter (3610). For example, the set of splines (3630) may form a shape generally closer to a longitudinal axis of the second catheter (3620) when undeployed, and be wound (e.g., helically, twisted) about a longitudinal axis (3650) fully deployed, and form any intermediate shape (such as a cage or barrel) in-between as the second catheter (3620) slides within a lumen of the first catheter (3610).
[0144] In some embodiments, the set of splines in the first configuration, such as the spline (3630), may be wound about the longitudinal axis (3650) of the first catheter (3610) in some portions along its length but elsewhere may otherwise be generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the first catheter (3610). The second catheter (3620) may be retracted into the first catheter (3610) to transform the ablation device (3600) from the first configuration to the second configuration where the splines (3630) twist to form a petal-like shape and are generally angled or offset (e.g., perpendicular, angled in a distal direction) with respect to the longitudinal axis (3650) of the first catheter (3610). As the second catheter (3622) is retracted further into the lumen of the first catheter (3610), the set of splines (3630) may extend further distally. As shown in FIG. 36A-36C, each spline (3630) may form a twisting loop (e.g., petal shapes where the set of splines together form a flower shape).
[0145] In the second configuration, the set of splines (3630) in the second configuration may form a flower shape and may be angled in a distal direction. FIG. 36A depicts the set of splines (3630) having at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines (3630) that extends distal to a distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620). For example, FIG. 36A shows that a distal portion of a spline intersects a plane (3660) (perpendicular to the longitudinal axis (3650)) that is distal to a distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620). Therefore, when the ablation device (3600) is advanced in a distal direction to contact tissue, the set of splines (3630) will make contact before the first catheter (3610) and the second catheter (3620). This may reduce trauma to tissue since tissue may contact the flexible set of splines without having to contact the relatively suffer second catheter (3622).
[0146] FIG. 36B shows the set of splines (3630) in the second configuration forming a distal (e.g., forward) angle (3680) between a longitudinal axis (3670) of the spline (3630) and the longitudinal axis of the first catheter (3650). The longitudinal axis (3670) of the spline (3630) may be defined by a line formed between an apex of the spline (3630) and a midpoint between a proximal end and distal end of the spline (3630). In some embodiments, the distal angle may be less than about 80 degrees. For example, the distal angle may be 60 degrees or less.
[0147] In some embodiments, each spline of the set of splines (3620) may form a twisted loop such that each spline partially overlaps one or more other splines. The number and spacing of the electrodes (3640), as well as the rotated twist of the spline (3630), may be configured by suitable placement of electrodes along each spline to prevent overlap of an electrode (3640) on one spline with an electrode of an adjacent, overlapping spline.
[0148] A spline having a set of anode electrodes may be activated together to deliver pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation. Electrodes on other splines may be activated together as cathode electrodes such as electrodes on their respective splines so at to form an anode-cathode pairing for delivery of pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation. The anode-cathode pairing and pulse waveform delivery can be repeated sequentially over a set of such pairings.
[0149] For example, the splines (3630) may be activated sequentially in a clockwise or counter-clockwise manner. As another example, the cathode splines may be activated sequentially along with respective sequential anode spline activation until ablation is completed. In embodiments where electrodes on a given spline are wired separately, the order of activation within the electrode of each spline may be varied as well. For example, the electrodes in a spline may be activated all at once or in a predetermined sequence.
[0150] The delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to make contact with the pulmonary vein ostium or antrum. For example, FIG. 36C depicts the distal-most portion of the set of splines (3630) in close proximity and/or in contact with a tissue wall (3690) such as a posterior wall of a left atrium. The set of splines (3630) in FIG. 36C are in the second configuration where at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines (3630) extend distal to a distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620). The tissue (3690) may be a cardiac wall such as an endocardial surface of a posterior wall of a left atrium. A distal end (3622) of the second catheter (3620) may be separated from the tissue (3690) by a first distance (3692). Therefore, the ablation device (3600) in the second configuration may engage the tissue (3690) in an atraumatic manner with reduced risk of perforation or other trauma. Thus, the ablation device (3600) may be used to ablate even thin tissue structures such as a posterior wall of a left atrium.
[0151] In some of these embodiments, a handle may be coupled to the second catheter (3620) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration. For example, the handle may be configured to translate the second catheter (3620) relative to the first catheter (3610), thereby actuating the set of splines (3630) coupled to the second catheter (3620) and causing them to bend and twist. The proximal ends of the splines (3630) may be fixed to the second catheter (3620) thereby generating buckling of the splines (3630) resulting in a bending and twisting motion of the splines (3630), for example, as the second catheter (3620) is pulled back relative to the first catheter (3610) that may be held by a user. For example, a distal end of the set of splines (3630) tethered to the second catheter (3620) may be translated by up to about 60 mm along the longitudinal axis of the ablation device to actuate this change in configuration. In other words, translation of an actuating member of the handle may bend and twist the set of splines (3630). In some embodiments, actuation of a knob, wheel, or other rotational control mechanism in the device handle may result in a translation of the actuating member or second catheter and result in bending and twisting of the splines (3630). In some embodiments, the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (3640) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (3600), such as, for example, within the handle. [0152] Retraction of the second catheter (3620) relative to the first catheter (3610) may bring the set of splines (3630) closer together as shown in FIGS. 36A-36C. The set of splines (3630) are further generally perpendicular or angled distally relative to the longitudinal axis (3650) of the first catheter (3610). In some embodiments, each spline of the set of splines (3630) may be biased laterally away from the longitudinal axis (3650) by up to about 30 mm. In some embodiments, the second catheter (3620) may include a hollow lumen. In some embodiments, the cross section of a spline may be asymmetric so as to have a larger bending stiffness in one bending plane of the spline orthogonal to the plane of the cross section than in a different bending plane. Such asymmetric cross sections may be configured to present a relatively larger lateral stiffness and thereby may deploy with minimal overlap of the petal- shaped curves of each spline and its neighbors in the final or fully-deployed configuration.
[0153] In one embodiment, each of the electrodes (3640) on a spline (3630) may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (3640) on a different spline (3630) may be configured as a cathode. In another embodiment, the electrodes (3640) on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with the electrodes of another spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode).
[0154] In some embodiments, the spline electrodes may be electrically activated in sequential manner to deliver a pulse waveform with each anode-cathode pairing. In some embodiments, the electrodes may be electrically wired together within the spline, while in alternate embodiments they may be wired together in the handle of the device, so that these electrodes are at the same electric potential during ablation. In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (3640) may differ as well. In some embodiments, adjacent distal electrodes and proximal electrodes may form an anode-cathode pair. For example, the distal electrodes may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes may be configured as a cathode.
[0155] The ablation device (3600) may include any number of splines, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (3600) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (3600) may include from 4 to 12 splines.
[0156] Each of the splines of the set of splines (3630) may include respective electrodes (3640) having an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. For example, the electrodes (3640) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue. In some embodiments, the electrodes (3640) may be located along any portion of the spline (3630) distal to the first catheter (3610). The electrodes (3640) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
[0157] In this manner, the electrodes in the second configuration may be held close to or placed against a section of atrial wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities, as described herein. For example, the set of splines (3630) may be placed in contact against the atrial wall (3654) of atrium (3652) adjacent a pulmonary vein (3650) (e.g., ostium or antrum) and/or posterior wall.
[0158] FIGS. 37A-37B are perspective views of an ablation catheter (3730) and a left atrium (3700). FIG. 37A is a perspective view of an ablation catheter (3730) disposed in a left atrium (3700). The left atrium (3700) includes a set of pulmonary veins (3720) and a posterior wall (3710). The ablation device (3730) may be structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation devices (3500, 3600)) described herein may be advanced into the left atrium (3700) and positioned in proximity to and/or in contact with a posterior wall (3710) of the left atrium (3700) without perforating and/or causing trauma to the sensitive tissue of the posterior wall (3710). For example, the set of splines may extend distal to a distal end of a catheter coupled to the splines such that the flexible and atraumatic splines may be adjacent to or in contact with the posterior wall (3710) without any other portion of the device (3730) in contact with the posterior wall (3710). In embodiments where the distal-most portion of the device (3700) includes just the set of splines in the second configuration (e.g., having a flower shape), the deployed device may engage thin tissue structures such as a cardiac wall with minimal risk of trauma from the ablation device (3700). A set of pulse waveforms may be applied by the electrodes of the ablation device (3700) having a flower shape to ablate tissue within an ablation zone (3740).
[0159] FIG. 37B is a schematic of a perspective view of a left atrium (3700) after tissue ablation. The ablation device (3700) may be used to generate a set of ablation zones (3740, 3742, 3744) on a posterior wall (3710) of the left atrium (3700). For example, activation with one or more of the electrodes on one or more of the splines of an ablation device (3730), repeated with movement of the catheter between complete ablations, may generate the set of ablation zones (3740, 3742, 3744) along a posterior wall (3710) of a left atrium (3700). In some embodiments, the ablation zones (3740, 3742, 3744) may partially overlap with each other. These contiguous overlapping ablation zones may approximately form a thick line of ablation (3746). One or more ablation lines may connect to other ablation lines (e.g., generated around a pulmonary vein antrum or ostium) and/or ablation zones to thereby create a box lesion. For example, a set of contiguous ablation zones may be formed by the ablation device (3730) to form a box lesion around the posterior wall (3710) of the left atrium (3700) that also encircles one or more of the pulmonary veins (3720). In this manner, a contiguous, transmural lesion may be generated around all the pulmonary veins, resulting in electrical isolation of the pulmonary veins, to provide a desired therapeutic outcome. In some embodiments, each ablation zone of a set of ablation zones (3740, 3742, 3744) may have a diameter of between about 2 cm and about 6 cm. For example, an ablation zone may have a diameter of between about 2.3 cm and about 4.0 cm.
[0160] In some embodiments, as the electrodes or a subset of electrodes may be independently addressable, the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. It should be appreciated that the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver sufficient energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins. In some embodiments, alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes. Thus, in some embodiments, ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time. A variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
[0161] FIGS. 27A-27B are side views of an embodiment of an ablation device (2700) including a catheter shaft (2710) at a proximal end of the device (2700) and a set of splines (2720) coupled to the catheter shaft (2710) at a distal end of the device (2700). The ablation device (2700) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (2720). Each spline (2720) of the ablation device (2700) may include one or more possibly independently addressable electrodes (2730) formed on a surface (e.g., distal end) of the spline (2720). Each electrode (2730) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. Each spline of the set of splines (2720) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2730) formed in a body of the spline (2720) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2720)). In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730) may be formed at the distal end of their respective spline (2720). [0162] The set of splines (2720) may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (2700) and be configured to transform between a first configuration and a second configuration. The set of splines (2720) in a first configuration are generally parallel to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and may be closely spaced together. The set of splines (2720) in a second configuration are depicted in FIGS. 27A-27B where the set of splines (2720) extend out of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) and bias (e.g., curve) away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and other splines (2720). In this manner, the splines (2720) may more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space. The delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to a section of cardiac tissue such as the posterior wall of the left atrium, or a ventricle. Such a device delivering irreversible electroporation pulse waveforms may generate large lesions for focal ablations.
[0163] A distal end of the set of splines (2720) may be configured to bias away from a longitudinal axis of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) and bias away from the other splines. Each spline of the set of splines (2720) may include a flexible curvature. The minimum radius of curvature of a spline (2720) may be in the range of about 1 cm or larger.
[0164] In some embodiments, a proximal end of the set of splines (2720) may be slidably coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710). Accordingly, a length of the set of splines (2720) may be varied as shown in FIGS. 27 A and 27B. As the set of splines (2720) are extended further out from the catheter shaft (2710), the distal ends of the set of splines (2720) may bias further away from each other and a longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710). The set of splines (2720) may be slidably advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710) independently or in one or more groups. For example, the set of splines (2720) may be disposed within the catheter shaft (2710) in the first configuration. The splines (2720) may then be advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710) and transformed into the second configuration. The splines (2720) may be advanced all together or advanced such that the set of splines (2720) corresponding to the anode electrodes (2730) are advanced separately from the set of splines (2720) corresponding to the cathode electrodes (2730). In some embodiments, the splines (2720) may be advanced independently. In the second configuration, the electrodes (2730) are biased away from the catheter shaft (2710) longitudinally and/or laterally with respect to a longitudinal axis of a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710). This may aid delivery and positioning of the electrodes (2730) against an endocardial surface. In some embodiments, each of the set of splines (2720) may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) by up to about 5 cm. [0165] In some embodiments, the set of splines (2720) may have a fixed length from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710). The splines (2720) may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) at equal or unequal lengths. For example, a spline having a greater radius of curvature than an adjacent spline may extend further from the catheter shaft (2710) than the adjacent spline. The set of splines (2720) may be constrained by a lumen of a guide sheath, such that the set of splines (2720) are substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710) in the first configuration.
[0166] In some of these embodiments, a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines. The handle may be configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration. In some embodiments, the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (2730) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within the handle. In this case the electrodes (2730) may be electrically wired together in the handle of the device (2700), so that these electrodes (2730) are at the same electric potential during ablation.
[0167] Each of the splines of the set of splines (2720) may include respective electrodes (2730) at a distal end of the set of splines (2720). The set of electrodes (2730) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. For example, the electrodes (2730) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue. In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730) may be located along any portion of the spline (2720) distal to the catheter shaft (2710). The electrodes (2730) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
[0168] In one embodiment, an electrode (2730) on a spline (2720) may be configured as an anode while an electrode (2730) on an adjacent spline (2720) may be configured as a cathode. The ablation device (2700) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2700) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (2700) may include 6 to 12 splines.
[0169] FIGS. 27A-27B are side views of an embodiment of an ablation device (2700) including a catheter shaft (2710) at a proximal end of the device (2700) and a set of splines (2720) coupled to the catheter shaft (2710) at a distal end of the device (2700). The ablation device (2700) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (2720). Each spline (2720) of the ablation device (2700) may include one or more possibly independently addressable electrodes (2730) formed on a surface (e.g., distal end) of the spline (2720). Each electrode (2730) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. Each spline of the set of splines (2720) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2730) formed in a body of the spline (2720) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2720)). In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730) may be formed at the distal end of their respective spline (2720).
[0170] The set of splines (2720) may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (2700) and be configured to transform between a first configuration and a second configuration. The set of splines (2720) in a first configuration are generally parallel to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and may be closely spaced together. The set of splines (2720) in a second configuration are depicted in FIGS. 27A-27B where the set of splines (2720) extend out of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) and bias (e.g., curve) away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and other splines (2720). In this manner, the splines (2720) may more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space. The delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to a section of cardiac tissue such as the posterior wall of the left atrium, or a ventricle. Such a device delivering irreversible electroporation pulse waveforms may generate large lesions for focal ablations.
[0171] A distal end of the set of splines (2720) may be configured to bias away from a longitudinal axis of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) and bias away from the other splines. Each spline of the set of splines (2720) may include a flexible curvature. The minimum radius of curvature of a spline (2720) may be in the range of about 1 cm or larger.
[0172] In some embodiments, a proximal end of the set of splines (2720) may be slidably coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710). Accordingly, a length of the set of splines (2720) may be varied as shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B. As the set of splines (2720) are extended further out from the catheter shaft (2710), the distal ends of the set of splines (2720) may bias further away from each other and a longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710). The set of splines (2720) may be slidably advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710) independently or in one or more groups. For example, the set of splines (2720) may be disposed within the catheter shaft (2710) in the first configuration. The splines (2720) may then be advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710) and transformed into the second configuration. The splines (2720) may be advanced all together or advanced such that the set of splines (2720) corresponding to the anode electrodes (2730) are advanced separately from the set of splines (2720) corresponding to the cathode electrodes (2730). In some embodiments, the splines (2720) may be advanced independently. In the second configuration, the electrodes (2730) are biased away from the catheter shaft (2710) longitudinally and/or laterally with respect to a longitudinal axis of a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710). This may aid delivery and positioning of the electrodes (2730) against an endocardial surface. In some embodiments, each of the set of splines (2720) may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) by up to about 5 cm.
[0173] In some embodiments, the set of splines (2720) may have a fixed length from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710). The splines (2720) may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710) at equal or unequal lengths. For example, a spline having a greater radius of curvature than an adjacent spline may extend further from the catheter shaft (2710) than the adjacent spline. The set of splines (2720) may be constrained by a lumen of a guide sheath, such that the set of splines (2720) are substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710) in the first configuration.
[0174] In some of these embodiments, a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines. The handle may be configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration. In some embodiments, the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (2730) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within the handle. In this case the electrodes (2730) may be electrically wired together in the handle of the device (2700), so that these electrodes (2730) are at the same electric potential during ablation.
[0175] Each of the splines of the set of splines (2720) may include respective electrodes (2730) at a distal end of the set of splines (2720). The set of electrodes (2730) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. For example, the electrodes (2730) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue. In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730) may be located along any portion of the spline (2720) distal to the catheter shaft (2710). The electrodes (2730) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines.
[0176] In one embodiment, an electrode (2730) on a spline (2720) may be configured as an anode while an electrode (2730) on an adjacent spline (2720) may be configured as a cathode. The ablation device (2700) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2700) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (2700) may include 6 to 12 splines.
[0177] In FIGS. 27A-27B, one electrode (2730) is formed on a surface of each spline (2720) such that each spline (2720) includes one insulated electrical lead. A lumen of the spline (2720) may therefore be reduced in diameter and allow the spline (2720) to be thicker and more mechanically robust. Thus, dielectric breakdown of the insulation may be further reduced, thereby improving reliability and longevity of each spline (2720) and the ablation device (2700). Furthermore, in some embodiments, the radius of curvature of the spline may vary over a length of the spline. For example, the radius of curvature may be monotonically increasing. Such a variable radius of curvature may aid in positioning the electrodes (2730) at some locations of endocardial tissue. The splines (2720) may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or radius of curvature. For example, the thickness of each spline may reduce distally.
[0178] In this manner, the electrodes in the second configuration may be pressed against, for example, the posterior wall of the left atrium in order to directly generate localized or focal lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities. For example, adjacent electrodes (2730) may be configured with opposite polarities.
[0179] As the electrodes or subsets of electrodes may be independently addressable, the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. For example, different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail herein. It should be appreciated that the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver transmural lesions over relatively wide areas of endocardial tissue. In some embodiments, alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes. Thus, ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time. A variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
[0180] Referring to FIG. 27C, it is understood that unless indicated otherwise, components with similar references numbers to those in FIGS. 27A-27B (e.g., the electrode (2730) in FIGS. 27A-27B and the electrode (2730') in FIG. 27C) may be structurally and/or functionally similar. FIG. 27C illustrates a set of splines (2720') where each spline (2720') includes a pair of electrodes (2730', 2740), [0181] The ablation device (2700') includes a catheter shaft (2710') at a proximal end of the device (2700') and a set of splines (2720') coupled to the catheter shaft (2710') at a distal end of the device (2700'). The ablation device (2700') may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform to tissue during use via one or more splines of the set of splines (2720'). Each spline (2720') of the ablation device (2700') may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (2730', 2740) formed on a surface of the spline (2720'). Each electrode (2730', 2740) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. Each spline of the set of splines (2720') may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2730', 2740) formed in a body of the spline (2720') (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2720')). Each electrode (2730', 2740) of a spline (2720') may have about the same size and shape. Furthermore, each electrode (2730', 2740) of a spline (2720') may have about the same size, shape, and spacing as the electrodes (2730', 2740) of an adjacent spline (2720'). In other embodiments, the size, shape, number, and spacing of the electrodes (2730', 2740) may differ.
[0182] In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730', 2740) of the ablation device (2700') may have a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5.0 mm and a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 0.5 mm to about 4.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between. The spline wires (2720') in the second configuration may splay out to an extent Sd at a distal end of the ablation device (2700') from about 5.0 mm to about 20.0 mm from each other (including all values and subranges in between), and may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710') for a length Si from about 8.0 mm to about 20.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2700') may include 4 splines, 5 splines, or 6 splines. In some embodiments, each spline may independently include 1 electrode, 2 electrodes, or 3 or more electrodes.
[0183] The set of splines (2720') may form a delivery assembly at a distal portion of the ablation device (2700') and be configured to transform between a first configuration and a second configuration. The set of splines (2720') in a first configuration are generally parallel to a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700) and may be closely spaced together. The set of splines (2720') in a second configuration are depicted in FIG. 27C where the set of splines (2720') extend out of the distal end of the catheter shaft (2710') and bias (e.g., curve) away from the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2700') and other splines (2720'). In this manner, the splines (2720') may more easily conform to the geometry of an endocardial space. The delivery assembly may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to contact a region of endocardial tissue to generate large focal lesions upon delivery of pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730') (also sometimes referred to as "distal electrodes") in the second configuration depicted in FIG. 27C may be configured to contact and press against endocardial tissue while the electrodes (2740) (also sometimes referred to as "proximal electrodes") in the second configuration may not contact endocardial tissue. In this manner, an electric field generated by the electrodes due to conduction between the proximal and distal electrodes through the blood pool results in focal ablation of tissue.
[0184] In some embodiments, a proximal end of the set of splines (2720') may be slidably coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710'). As the set of splines (2720') are extended further out from the catheter shaft (2710'), the distal ends of the set of splines (2720') may bias further away from each other and a longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2710'). The set of splines (2720') may be slidably advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710') independently or in one or more groups. For example, the set of splines (2720') may be disposed within the catheter shaft (2710') in the first configuration. The splines (2720') may then be advanced out of the catheter shaft (2710') and transformed into the second configuration. The splines (2720') may be advanced all together or advanced such that the set of splines (2720') corresponding to the anode electrodes (2730) are advanced separately from the set of splines (2720') corresponding to the cathode electrodes (2730', 2740). In some embodiments, the splines (2710') may be advanced independently through respective lumens (e.g., sheaths) of the catheter shaft (2710'). In the second configuration, the electrodes (2730', 2740) are biased away from the catheter shaft (2710') longitudinally and/or laterally with respect to a longitudinal axis of a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710'). This may aid delivery and positioning of the electrodes (2730', 2740) against an endocardial surface. In some embodiments, each of the set of splines (2720') may extend from a distal end of the catheter shaft (2710') by up to about 5 cm.
[0185] In some embodiments, the distal electrodes (2730') may have the same polarity while adjacent proximal electrodes (2740) may have the opposite polarity as the distal electrodes (2730'). In this manner, an electric field may be generated between the distal and proximal electrodes for focal ablation. [0186] In some of these embodiments, a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines. The handle may be configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration. In some embodiments, the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (2730', 2740) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device, such as, for example, within the handle. In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730', 2740) may be electrically wired together in the handle of the device (2700'), so that these electrodes (2730', 2740) are at the same electric potential during ablation.
[0187] The set of electrodes (2730', 2740) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. For example, the electrodes (2730', 2740) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue. In some embodiments, the electrodes (2730', 2740) may be located along any portion of the spline (2720') distal to the catheter shaft (2710'). The electrodes (2730', 2740) may have the same or different sizes, shapes, and/or location along respective splines. One or more of the splines (2720') may include three or more electrodes.
[0188] In some embodiments, each of the electrodes (2730') on a spline (2720') may be configured as an anode while each of the electrodes (2730') on an adjacent spline (2720') may be configured as a cathode. In another embodiment, each of the electrodes (2730') on one spline may alternate between an anode and cathode with each of the electrodes of an adjacent spline having a reverse configuration (e.g., cathode and anode). In some embodiments a subset of electrodes may be electrically wired together in the handle of the device, so that these electrodes are at the same electric potential during ablation. In other embodiments, the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes (2730) may differ as well. In some embodiments, adjacent distal electrodes (2730') and proximal electrodes (2740) may form an anode-cathode pair. For example, the distal electrodes (2730') may be configured as an anode and the proximal electrodes (2740) may be configured as a cathode.
[0189] The ablation device (2700') may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2700') may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (2700) may include 6 to 12 splines.
[0190] In FIG. 27C, two electrodes (2730', 2740) are formed on a surface of each spline (2720') such that each spline (2720') includes two insulated electrical leads. The thickness of each spline may vary based on the number of electrodes formed on each spline (2720') which may correspond to the number of insulated electrical leads in the spline (2720'). The splines (2720') may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or radius of curvature. For example, the thickness of each spline (2720') may reduce distally.
[0191] In this manner, the electrodes in the second configuration may be placed against, a section of endocardial tissue to directly generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities for delivery of pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation. For example, adjacent electrodes (2730', 2740) may be configured with opposite polarities.
[0192] As the electrodes may be independently addressable, the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. For example, different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail herein. It should be appreciated that the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver contiguous/transmural energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins. In some embodiments, alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes. Thus, ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time. A variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
[0193] FIG. 28 is a side view of yet another embodiment of an ablation device (2800) including a catheter shaft (2810) at a proximal end of the device (2800), a distal cap (2812) of the device (2800), and a set of splines (2814) coupled thereto. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2800) is useful for forming lesions on endocardial surfaces via focal ablation, as described herein.
[0194] The distal cap (2812) may include an atraumatic shape and one or more independently addressable electrodes (2816) (also sometimes referred to as "distal electrodes"), as described in further detail herein. A proximal end of the set of splines (2814) may be coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft (2810), and a distal end of the set of splines (2814) may be tethered to the distal cap (2812) of the device (2800). Each spline (2814) of the ablation device (2800) may include one or more independently addressable electrodes (2818) (also sometimes referred to as "proximal electrodes") formed on a surface of the spline (2814). Each electrode (2816, 2818) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and subranges in between. Each spline (2814) may include the insulated electrical leads of each electrode (2818) formed in a body of the spline (2814) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (2814)). One or more of the splines (2818) may further include the insulated electrical lead of the distal electrode (2816). In some embodiments, the size and/or shape of the electrodes (2816, 2818) may differ from each other.
[0195] The configuration of the set of splines (2814) and proximal electrodes (2818) may control a depth, shape, and/or diameter/size of a focal ablation lesion generated by the ablation device (2800). The ablation device (2800) may be configured to transform between a first configuration, where the set of splines (2814) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2800), and a second configuration, where the set of splines (2814) bow radially outward from a longitudinal axis of the ablation device (2800). It is understood that the set of splines (2814) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first and second configurations, continuously or in discrete steps.
[0196] Activation of electrodes using a predetermined configuration may provide targeted and precise focal ablation by controlling a focal ablation spot size based on the expansion of the splines (2814). For example, in some embodiments, a distal electrode (2816) may be configured with a first polarity and one or more proximal electrodes (2818) may be configured with a second polarity opposite the first polarity. When the proximal electrodes (2818) of the ablation device (2800) are in the first configuration, a high intensity electric field having a relatively smaller/more focused diameter results in a focal ablation lesion on an endocardial surface that is relatively smaller in diameter and has greater depth. When the proximal electrodes (2818) of the ablation device (2800) are in the second configuration, a relatively more dispersed electric field is generated, resulting in a focal ablation lesion on an endocardial surface that is relatively wider and shallower than with the first configuration. In this manner, by varying the extent of expansion of the splines (2814), the depth, shape, and/or size of the lesion can be controlled without switching out the ablation device (2800). Such aspects are useful for creating multiple lesions of varying sizes and/or depths using the same ablation device.
[0197] The distal cap (2812) may be disposed to press against the endocardial tissue while the proximal electrodes (2818) in either the first or second configurations may be configured so as to not contact endocardial tissue. It should be appreciated that the distal electrode (2816) need not contact endocardial tissue. In some of these embodiments, a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of splines (2814) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines (2814) between the first configuration and the second configuration. In some embodiments, the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (2800), such as, for example, within the handle.
[0198] In some embodiments, the distal electrode (2816) and proximal electrodes (2818) may form anode-cathode pairs. For example, the distal electrode (2816) may be configured as an anode and each of the proximal electrodes (2818) may be configured as cathodes. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2800) may include 3 to 12 splines. The ablation device (2800) may include any number of splines, for example, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or more splines. In some embodiments, the ablation device (2800) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, in one embodiment, the ablation device (2800) may include 6 to 10 splines. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the shape of the expanded set of splines (2814) may be asymmetric, for example with its distal portion being more bulbous or rounded than its proximal portion. Such a bulbous distal portion (as well as proximal electrode positioning) may aid in further controlling a size and depth of focal ablation.
[0199] A first plane (2822) depicted in FIG. 28 may refer to a plane orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft (2810). The distal cap (2812) may be pressed against, for example, an endocardial surface lying within the first plane (2812), such as a lumen wall of a pulmonary vein in order to directly generate focal ablation lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities. For example, distal electrode (2816) may be pressed against an endocardial surface and used to form focal ablation lesions (e.g., spot lesions). In some embodiments, one or more proximal electrodes (2818) may be configured with an opposite polarity to that of the distal electrode (2816). Conversely, one or more of the proximal electrodes (2818) may be configured with the same polarity as the distal electrodes (2816). In some embodiments, the proximal electrodes (2818) on different splines (2814) may alternate between an anode and cathode.
[0200] In some embodiments, the distal electrode (2816) of the ablation device (2800) may include a length from about 0.5 mm to about 7.0 mm and a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 0.5 mm to about 4.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between. In some embodiments, the proximal electrodes (2818) may include a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5.0 mm and a diameter from about 0.5 mm to about 2.5 mm, including all values and subranges in between. The distal electrode (2816) may be separated from the proximal electrodes (2818) by a length from about 3.0 mm to about 12.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between. The distal electrode (2816) disposed on the distal cap (2812) may be located from about 1.0 mm to about 4.0 mm away from a distal end of the distal cap (2812) , including all values and subranges in between. In some embodiments, the distal end of the distal cap (2812) may include the distal electrode (2816). One or more focal ablation zones may be formed including a diameter from about 1.0 cm to about 2.0 cm, including all values and subranges in between.
[0201] FIGS. 29A-29D are side views of yet another embodiment of an ablation device (2900) including an outer catheter or sheath (2902) and a set of inner catheters (2910, 2920) slidable within an outer catheter lumen so as to extend from a distal end of the lumen. The outer catheter may define a longitudinal axis. The inner diameter of the outer catheter (2902) may be about 0.7 mm to about 3 mm and the outer diameter of the outer catheter (2902) may be about 2 mm to about 5 mm. As best seen in FIGS. 29 A, 29D, the ablation device (2900) includes a first catheter (2910) having a first proximal portion (2912), a first distal portion (2914), and a first electrode (2916) formed on the first distal portion (2914), such as on a surface of the first distal portion (2914), for example. The first proximal portion (2912) may be coupled to the first distal portion (2914) via a first hinge (2918). A second catheter (2920) includes a second proximal portion (2922), a second distal portion (2924), and a second electrode (2926) formed on the second distal portion (2924). The second proximal portion (2922) may be coupled to the second distal portion (2924) via a second hinge (2928).
[0202] In some embodiments, the ablation device (2900) is useful for forming lesions on endocardial surfaces via focal ablation, as described herein. The distal ends of the catheters (2910, 2920) and/or the electrodes (2916, 2922) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. For example, the distal end of the catheters (2910, 2920) and/or the electrodes (2916, 2922) may have an atraumatic shape including a rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion configured to contact endocardial tissue.
[0203] Each electrode (2916, 2926) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and subranges in between. Each catheter (2910, 2920) may include the insulated electrical lead of each electrode (2916, 2926) formed in a body of the catheter (2910, 2920) (e.g., within a lumen of the catheter (2910, 2920)). Each of the electrodes (2916, 2926) may be connected to a corresponding insulated electrical lead leading to a handle (not shown) coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter (2910, 2920). In some embodiments, the size, shape, and/or location of the electrodes (2916, 2926) may differ from each other.
[0204] In some embodiments, the configuration of the catheters (2910, 2920) and electrodes (2916, 2926) may control a depth, shape, and/or diameter/size of a focal ablation lesion generated by the ablation device (2900). The first and secfond catheters (2910, 2920) may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (2902). In some embodiments, the ablation device (2900) may be configured to transform between: a first configuration, where the set of catheters (2910, 2920) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (2902) and a distal portion of the catheters (2910, 2920) are disposed within the outer catheter (2902) (e.g., FIG. 29A); a second configuration, where the electrodes (2916, 2926) are advanced out of and away from the distal end (2903) of the outer catheter lumen (2902) by any suitable distance; and a third configuration, where a distal portion of each catheter (2910, 2920) may rotate, twist, or bend about its corresponding hinge (2918, 2928) relative to a proximal portion of its corresponding catheter (2910, 2920) (e.g., FIGS. 29B-29D). For example, as best illustrated in FIGS. 29B-29C, the first catheter (2910) may include a distal portion (2914) rotatable about a first hinge (2918) that may be configured to position the distal portion (2914) relative to the proximal portion (2912) at a plurality of positions. The catheters (2910, 2912) in the second and third configurations may angle away from each other so as to bias away from a longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (2902). A distal end of the proximal portions (2912, 2922) may form an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis between about 5 degrees and about 75 degrees (e.g., FIG. 29D). It is understood that the ablation device (2900) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first, second, and third configurations, continuously or in discrete steps.
[0205] In some embodiments, conduction between electrodes through the blood pool and/or endocardial tissue results in electric field generation and application of the electric field as ablative energy to an endocardial surface. The electrodes may be held close to or placed in physical contact against a section of atrial wall of the left atrium in order to generate lesions thereupon by activation of one or more of the electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities. In this manner, activation of electrodes using a predetermined configuration may provide targeted and precise focal ablation by controlling a focal ablation spot size based on the position and orientation of the electrodes (2916, 2926) relative to a proximal portion (2912, 2922) of the catheters (2910, 2920). For example, in some embodiments, a first electrode (2916) may be configured with a first polarity and a second electrode (2926) may be configured with a second polarity opposite the first polarity. When the electrodes (2916, 2926) are rotated such that they are relatively close to each other (e.g., when the proximal portion (2912) and distal portion (2914) form an acute angle (2950)), a relatively higher intensity electric field that has a relatively small er/more focused diameter results in a focal ablation lesion on an endocardial surface that is relatively smaller in diameter and has a good depth. Purely for non- limiting illustrative purposes, the acute angle formed at the articulated hinge may range between about 15 degrees and about 70 degrees. In some embodiments, the electric field intensity in the focal ablation zone may be about 200 V/cm or more. When the electrodes (2916, 2926) are rotated about their corresponding hinges (2918,2928) such that they are relatively farther from each other (e.g., when the proximal portion (2912) and distal portion (2914) form a larger angle), a relatively more dispersed and lower intensity electric field is generated, resulting in a focal ablation lesion on an endocardial surface that is relatively wider and shallower. In this manner, by varying the extent of rotation of the electrodes (2916, 2926) relative to a proximal portion (2912, 2922) of the catheters (2910, 2920), the depth, shape, and/or size of the lesion can be controlled without switching out the ablation device (2900). Such aspects are useful for creating multiple lesions of varying sizes, shapes, and/or depths using the same ablation device. For example, the lesion diameter may be from about 2 mm to about 3 cm, and the lesion depth may be between about 2 mm and about 12 mm. Although the electrodes (2916, 2926) may be disposed to touch endocardial tissue, it should be appreciated that the electrodes (2916, 2926) need not contact the endocardial tissue.
[0206] In some of these embodiments, a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the set of catheters (2910, 2920) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the catheters (2910, 2920) between the first, second, and third configurations. In some embodiments, actuation of one or more knobs, wheels, sliders, pull wires, and/or other control mechanisms in the handle may result in translation of one or more catheters (2910, 2920) through the outer catheter (2902) and/or rotation of a distal portion (2914, 2924) of the catheter about a hinge (2918, 2928).
[0207] FIGS. 29B-29C depict a first catheter (2910) having an articulated distal portion (2914). The first catheter (2910) may include a proximal portion (2912) coupled to a distal portion (2914) via a hinge (2918). The distal portion (2914) may include an electrode (2916) as described herein. In some embodiments, the hinge (2918) may include a rotatable wheel. In other embodiments, the hinge (2918) may include a portion of the proximal portion (2912) or distal portion (2914) having a reduced cross-sectional area relative to the first catheter (2910) that is more flexible than other portions of the catheter. In yet other embodiments, the hinge (2918) may include a joint, rotatable wheel, ball and socket joint, condyloid joint, saddle joint, pivot, track, and the like.
[0208] The rotatable wheel may be coupled to a wire (2917) (e.g., pull wire). For example, the wire (2917) may be attached around the hinge (2918) and the distal portion (2914) may be attached to a portion of the hinge (2918). Accordingly, actuation (2930) of the wire (2917) (e.g., pulling one end of the wire proximally) may in turn rotate the wheel (2918) and the distal portion (2914) such that the distal portion (2914) rotates relative to the proximal portion (2912) of the first catheter (2910). In some embodiments, the distal portion may rotate with respect to the proximal portion by an angle from about 110 degrees to about 165 degrees, and the length of the distal portion may be from about 3 mm to about 12 mm. A proximal end of the wire (2917) may in some embodiments be coupled to a handle (not shown) having a control mechanism (e.g., one or more knobs, wheels, sliders). The operator may operate the control mechanism to manipulate the wire (2917) to rotate the distal portion (2914) of the first catheter (2910) about the hinge (2918). The control mechanism of the handle may include a lock to fix a position of the distal portion (2914). FIG. 29B depicts an embodiment of the first catheter (2910) having the distal portion (2914) in between the second and third configurations. FIG. 29C depicts an embodiment of the first catheter (2910) in the third configuration. The electrodes (2916, 2926) may bias towards each other in the third configuration.
[0209] FIG. 29D depicts an embodiment of the ablation device (2900) in the third configuration, where distal portions of the first and second catheters (2910, 2920) are extended out of an outer catheter or sheath (2902) and rotated to a desired position (e.g., fully rotated, fully articulated) relative to proximal portions (2912, 2922) of the catheters (2910, 2920). In some embodiments, the wires (2912, 2922) of each of the catheters (2910, 2920) may be coupled together at the handle such that actuation of the control mechanism controls the wires (2912, 2922) together such that the distal portions (2914, 2924) of each of the catheters (2910, 2920) may be simultaneously rotated about their respective hinges (2918, 2928). In the second and third configurations, the first and second catheters (2910, 2920) may bias away from the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (2902). [0210] When the first and second catheters (2910, 2920) are extended out of the outer catheter (2902), one or more portions of the catheters (2910, 2920) may assume their natural (e.g., unconstrained) shape(s), such as a curved shape. The catheters (2910, 2920) may be advanced out of the outer catheter (2902) together or independently. In some embodiments, the proximal portions (2912, 2922) of the catheters (2910, 2920) may include a flexible curvature such that the distal ends of the catheters (2910, 2920) may be configured to splay away from each other. The minimum radius of curvature of the catheter (2910, 2920) may be in the range of about 1 cm or larger. For example, the proximal portions (2912, 2922) may have a radius of curvature of about 1 cm or larger. In some embodiments, the distal portions (2914, 2924) may have a radius of curvature of about 1 cm or larger.
[0211] In some embodiments, the electrodes (2916, 2926) of the ablation device (2900) may include a length from about 0.5 mm to about 7.0 mm and a cross-sectional dimension (e.g., a diameter) from about 0.5 mm to about 4.0 mm, including all values and subranges in between. The electrodes (2916, 2926) of different catheters (2910, 2920) may be separated from each other by a distance from about 3.0 mm to about 20 mm, including all values and subranges in between. The electrode (2916, 2926) may be located from about 1.0 mm to about 4.0 mm away from a distal end of its corresponding catheter (2910, 2920), including all values and subranges in between. In some embodiments, the distal end of the catheter (2910, 2920) may include the electrode (2916, 2926). One or more focal ablation lesions may be formed including a diameter from about 1.0 cm to about 2.0 cm, including all values and subranges in between.
[0212] FIG. 30 is a side view of another embodiment of an ablation device (3000) including an outer catheter or sheath (3010) defining a longitudinal axis and a set of four catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) slidable within a lumen (3010). Each of the catheters (3020, 3030, 3040,
3050) may include a proximal portion (3023, 3033, 3043, 3053), distal portion (3024, 3034, 3044, 3054), and a hinge (3021, 3031 , 3041 , 3051) coupling the proximal portion (3023, 3033, 3043, 3053) to the distal portion (3024, 3034, 3044, 3054). Each of the distal portions (3024, 3034, 3044, 3054) may include an electrode (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052). The distal ends of the catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) and/or the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may include an atraumatic shape (e.g., rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion) to reduce trauma to tissue. Each of the catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) may include a hinge (3021, 3031 , 3041,
3051) as described in detail herein. It should be appreciated that the ablation device (3000) may include any number of catheters including a set of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or more catheters. [0213] Each electrode (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and subranges in between. Each catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) may include the insulated electrical lead of each electrode (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) formed in a body of the catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) (e.g., within a lumen of the catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050)). Each of the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may be connected to a corresponding insulated electrical lead leading to a handle (not shown) coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter. In some embodiments, the size, shape, and/or location of the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may differ from each other.
[0214] In some embodiments, the configuration of the catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) and electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may control a depth, shape, and/or diameter/size of a focal ablation lesion generated by the ablation device (3000). The set of catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) may be configured to translate along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first, second, and third configuration. In some embodiments, the ablation device (3000) may be configured to transform between: a first configuration, where the set of catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter or sheath (3010) and a distal portion of the catheters (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) are disposed within the outer catheter (3010); a second configuration, where the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) are advanced out of and away from a distal end (301 1) of the outer catheter (3010) lumen by any suitable distance distance; and a third configuration, where a distal portion of each catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) may rotate, twist, or bend about its corresponding hinge (3021 , 3031 , 3041, 3051) relative to a proximal portion of its corresponding catheter (3020, 3030, 3040, 3050) (e.g., FIG. 30). For example, the first catheter (3020) may include a distal portion (3024) rotatable about a first hinge (3021) that may be configured to position the distal portion (3024) relative to the proximal portion (3023) at a plurality of positions as discussed above with respect to FIGS. 29A-29D. It is understood that the ablation device (3000) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first, second, and third configurations, continuously or in discrete steps. In the second configuration, the set of catheters may bias away from the longitudinal axis. [0215] In some embodiments, one or more pulse waveforms may be applied between the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) configured in anode and cathode sets. For example, adjacent or approximately diametrically opposed electrode pairs may be activated together as an anode-cathode set. In FIG. 30, first electrode (3022) may be configured as an anode and paired with second electrode (3032) configured as a cathode. Third electrode (3042) may be configured as an anode and paired with fourth electrode (3052) configured as a cathode. The first and second electrode (3022, 3032) pair may apply a first pulse waveform followed sequentially by second pulse waveform using the third and fourth electrode (3042, 3052) pair. In another embodiment, a pulse waveform may be applied simultaneously to each of the electrodes where the second and third electrodes (3032, 3042) may be configured as anodes and the first and fourth electrodes (3022, 3052) may be configured as cathodes. It should be appreciated that any of the pulse waveforms disclosed herein may be progressively or sequentially applied over a sequence of anode-cathode electrodes. Some embodiments of the ablation device (3000) may have the same dimensions as described above with respect to the ablation device (2900).
[0216] In other embodiments, one or more of the electrodes (3022, 3032, 3042, 3052) may be configured with a first electrical polarity, while one or more electrodes (not shown) disposed on a surface of the outer catheter shaft (3010) (not shown) may be configured with a second electrical polarity opposite the first electrical polarity.
[0217] FIG. 31A-31B are perspective views of a yet another embodiment of an ablation device (3100) including an outer catheter or sheath (31 10) defining a longitudinal axis and a catheter (3160) slidable within a outer catheter lumen. The catheter (3160) may extend from a distal end of the lumen. The catheter (3160) may include a proximal portion (3160), multiple distal portions (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152), and articulation (3162) coupling the proximal portion to each of the multiple distal portions. For example, articulation (3162) may include a hinge, joint, rotatable wheel, ball and socket joint, condyloid joint, saddle joint, pivot, track, and the like. The distal portions (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152) are folded back within the outer catheter (31 10) and internal springs (not shown) connecting to each portion are in a stressed configuration when each distal portion (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152) is folded. When the distal portions (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152) are not constrained (i.e., when the inner catheter (3160) is deployed or pushed out far enough from the outer catheter (3110)), the springs assume their native or unstressed configurations resulting in articulation of the articulation (3162) whereupon the distal portions (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152) articulate outward and assume a configuration approximately perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the catheter. As shown in FIG. 3 IB, the distal end of the catheter (3160) may be coupled to a set of electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) via articulation (3162). In some embodiments, the articulation (3162) may be coupled to a first distal portion (3122), a second distal portion (3132), a third distal portion (3142), and a fourth distal portion (3152). The electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may be disposed on a surface of respective distal portions (3122, 3132, 3142, 3152). When the catheter (3160) is advanced out of the outer catheter (31 10), the distal portions (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may assume their natural (e.g., unconstrained) shapes so as to be approximately perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the catheter (3160).
[0218] The electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may include an atraumatic shape (e.g., rounded, flat, curved, and/or blunted portion) to reduce trauma to tissue. Each electrode (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may include an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and subranges in between. The catheter (3160) may include the insulated electrical lead of each electrode (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) formed in a body (e.g., lumen) of the catheter (3160). Each of the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may be connected to a corresponding insulated electrical lead leading to a handle (not shown) coupled to a proximal portion of the catheter (3160). In some embodiments, the size, shape, and/or location of the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may differ from each other.
[0219] The catheter (3160) may be configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first, second, and third configuration. In some embodiments, the ablation device (3100) may be configured to transform between: a first configuration, where the set of electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the outer catheter (31 10) and within the outer catheter (31 10) (e.g., FIG. 31A); a second configuration, where the set of electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) are advanced out of and away from the distal end (311 1) of the outer catheter lumen by any suitable distance (not shown in FIG. 31A); and a third configuration, where the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may rotate, twist, or bend about its corresponding articulation (3162) relative to a proximal portion of the catheter (3160) (e.g., FIG. 3 IB). The transition from the first configuration to the second and third configurations may be performed by advancing the catheter (3160) and electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) out of a distal end of the outer catheter (3110). It is understood that the ablation device (3100) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first, second, and third configurations, continuously or in discrete steps.
[0220] FIG. 31B illustrates the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) evenly spaced apart to form a plus ("+") shape. However, an angle between adjacent electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may be selected based upon a desired focal ablation partem. Similarly, the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) in FIG. 3 IB are approximately perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the catheter (3160) but may be adjusted based upon a set of ablation parameters.
[0221] In some embodiments, one or more pulse waveforms may be applied between the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) configured in anode and cathode sets. For example, adjacent or approximately diametrically opposed electrode pairs may be activated together as an anode-cathode set. In FIG. 3 IB, first electrode (3120) may be configured as an anode and paired with third electrode (3140) configured as a cathode. Second electrode (3130) may be configured as an anode and paired with fourth electrode (3150) configured as a cathode. The first and third electrode (3120, 3140) pair may apply a first pulse waveform followed sequentially by second pulse waveform using the second and fourth electrode (3130, 3150) pair. In another embodiment, a pulse waveform may be applied simultaneously to each of the electrodes where the first and second electrodes (3120, 3130) may be configured as anodes and the third and fourth electrodes (3140, 3150) may be configured as cathodes. It should be appreciated that any of the pulse waveforms disclosed herein may be progressively or sequentially applied over a sequence of anode-cathode electrodes.
[0222] In other embodiments, one or more of the electrodes (3120, 3130, 3140, 3150) may be configured with a first electrical polarity, and one or more electrodes disposed on a surface of the outer catheter shaft (3110) may be configured with a second electrical polarity opposite the first electrical polarity.
[0223] FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional schematic view of a high intensity electric field generated by an ablation device (3200) for ablation of tissue, such as tissue in a ventricular chamber. For example, the ablation device (3200) may be disposed in the endocardial space of the left ventricle of the heart. The ablation device (3200) depicted in FIG. 32 may be similar to those ablation devices (3000, 3100) described with respect to FIGS. 30 and 31A-31B. In some embodiments, the electrodes (3210, 3220, 3230, 3240) may be apposed to a tissue wall when in the third configuration. In some embodiments, the electrodes (3210, 3220, 3230, 3240) of FIG. 32 may have a width of between about 1 mm to about 3 mm and a length of between about 3 mm and about 9 mm. For example, the electrodes (3210, 3220, 3230, 3240) may have a width of about 2 mm and a length of about 6 mm.
[0224] In some embodiments, the electrodes (3210, 3220, 3230, 3240) may form anode- cathode pairs. For example, the first electrode (3210) may be configured as an anode and the third electrode (3230) may be configured as a cathode. The first and second electrodes (3210, 3230) may have a potential difference of up to about 1500 V. Activation of one or more of the electrodes (3210, 3220, 3230, 3240) of one or more catheters may generate one or more ablation zones along a portion of the wall of a cardiac chamber. Electric field contour (3350) is an iso-magnitude line corresponding to an ablation zone (3350) having an electric field intensity threshold of about 460 V/cm when the first and third electrodes (3220, 3240) are activated. In some embodiments, the ablation zone (3350) may have a width of up to about 12 mm and a length of up to about 20 mm. Altematively, the ablation device may be placed adj acent to or against a section of posterior wall of the left atrium, and by activation of one or more electrodes, an appropriate pulse waveform may be delivered for irreversible electroporation energy delivery to ablate tissue.
[0225] FIG. 33 A is a perspective view of another embodiment of an ablation device/apparatus (3300) in the form of a catheter including an outer shaft (3310) extending to a proximal end of the device (3300), an inner shaft (3320) extending from a distal end of a shaft lumen (3312) of the outer shaft (3310), and a set of splines (3330) coupled thereto. The inner shaft (3320) may be coupled at a proximal end to a handle (not shown) and disposed at a distal portion (e.g., a distal end) to a cap electrode (3322). The inner shaft (3320) and the set of splines (3330) may be translatable along a longitudinal axis (3324) of the ablation device (3300). In some embodiments, the inner shaft (3320) and the set of splines (3330) may move together or may be independently translated. The inner shaft (3320) may be configured to slide within the lumen (3312) of the outer shaft (3310). The cap electrode (3322) may include an atraumatic shape to reduce trauma to tissue. For example, the cap electrode (3322) may have a flat, circular shape and/or a rounded and blunt profile. A distal end of each spline of the set of splines (3330) may be tethered to a distal portion of the inner shaft (3320). Proximal portions of the set of splines (3330) may be attached to the outer shaft (3310). The ablation device (3300) may be configured for delivering a pulse waveform, as disclosed for example in FIGS. 21 -25, to tissue during use via the electrodes (3332, 3334) on the splines (3330) and the distal cap electrode (3322). [0226] Each spline of the set of splines (3330) may include a set of electrodes (3332, 3334) on the surface of that spline. Each set of electrodes may include a distal electrode (3332) such that the set of splines includes a set of distal electrodes (3332). Each of the distal electrodes (3332) are the nearest to the cap electrode (3322) relative to other electrodes (e.g., the set of proximal electrodes (3334)) of its corresponding set of electrodes on the same spline. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the distal electrodes (3332) may have only an outward- facing exposed portion, i.e., a portion facing away from an inner space/volume defined by the set of splines. For example, if the distal electrodes (3332) are constructed from metallic rings, a portion of each ring may be insulated such that only an outward-facing exposed portion or "window" is exposed for delivery of ablation energy. The cap electrode (3322) and each distal electrode (3332) of the set of distal electrodes may collectively have the same polarity during use. This combination of closely-placed distal electrodes having outward-facing windows and a cap electrode allows the distal end of the ablation device (3300) to generate and project a stronger electric field, and to thereby more effectively generate focal ablation lesions of tissue at a desired depth compared to any one of these electrodes alone.
[0227] Each spline (3330) of the ablation device (3300) may include at least a set of independently addressable electrodes (3332, 3334) on the surface of that spline (3330). distal cap electrode (3322) may be formed at the distal end of the catheter device (3300). Each electrode (3322, 3332, 3334) may be coupled to an insulated electrical lead configured to sustain a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. Each spline (3330) may include insulated electrical leads of each electrode (3332, 3334) within a body of the spline (3330) (e.g., within a lumen of the spline (3330)). Likewise, in some embodiments, the inner shaft (3320) may include an insulated electrical lead for the cap electrode (3322). In other embodiments, subsets of the electrodes (3322, 3332, 3334) may be jointly wired. For example, the proximal electrodes (3334) of each spline of the set of splines (3330) may be jointly wired. As another example, all the distal electrodes (3332) and the cap electrode (3322) may be jointly wired.
[0228] In some embodiments, the set of splines (3330) may be configured to transform between a first configuration, where the set of splines (3330) are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis (3324) of the ablation device (3300), and a second configuration, where a distal end of each spline of the set of splines (3330) bows radially outward from the longitudinal axis (3324). In this manner, the set of distal electrodes (3332) and the cap electrode (3322) may be shaped/oriented to form the second configuration shown in FIGS. 33A, 33B, and 33E. The cap electrode (3322) may be separated from each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes (3332) by at most about 5 mm, including all values and sub-ranges in between. For example, the cap electrode (3322) may be separated from each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes (3332) by between about 0.5 mm and about 3 mm. In the second configuration, the distal portion of each spline of the set of splines (3330) may be angled (3336) between about 45 degrees and about 90 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis (3312), including all values and sub-ranges in between. For example, the distal portion of each spline of the set of splines (3330) in the second configuration may be angled (3336) between about 70 degrees and about 80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis (3312). For example, in the second configuration, the cap electrode (3322) and set of distal electrodes (3332) can assume the shape of a "plus" symbol when projected onto a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis (3324), as can be seen in the front view in FIG. 33B.
[0229] In some embodiments, the inner shaft (3320) may be retracted into the outer catheter lumen (3312) by a predetermined amount to transform the ablation device (3300) from the first configuration to the second configuration. It is understood that the set of splines (3330) may be transformed into any intermediate configuration between the first and second configurations, continuously or in discrete steps. The set of splines (3330) may form a shape generally parallel to a longitudinal axis (3324) of the inner shaft (3320) when undeployed, and form a basket-like or bulb-like shape when a distal end of the set of splines (3330) bows radially outward from the longitudinal axis (3324).
[0230] FIGS. 33A, 33B, and 33E illustrate a set of splines (3330) where each spline of the set of splines (3330) includes a distal electrode (3332) and one or more proximal electrodes (3334) that differ in one or more of size, shape, number, and spacing. For example, FIG. 33A illustrates one distal electrode (3332) and two proximal electrodes (3334) for each spline of the set of splines (3330). In some embodiments, each proximal electrode (3334) may be formed on a surface of its spline (3330) along its entire circumference, i.e., around the entire thickness of the spline. In some embodiments, each distal electrode (3332) may be formed on the surface of a portion of a circumference of its spline. That is, as shown in FIGS. 33C and 33D, the distal electrode (3332) may partially lie on the circumference of its corresponding spline and not cover the entire circumference of its spline (3330). For example, the distal electrode (3332) may encircle the circumference of its corresponding spline and be partially covered by a layer of insulation such that only a portion (e.g., window) of the distal electrode (3332) is exposed. In some embodiments, one or more electrodes may be fully covered by a thin layer of insulation for biphasic operation. In some embodiments, the set of distal electrodes (3332) of the set of splines (3330) may subtend an angle (3333) of between about 30 degrees to about 300 degrees about a center of its corresponding spline (3330), including all values and sub-ranges in between. For example, the set of distal electrodes (3332) of the set of splines (3330) may subtend an angle (3333) of between about 60 degrees to about 120 degrees about a center of its corresponding spline (3330). In this manner, a significant fraction of the electric field generated by the set of distal electrodes (3332) in the second configuration may be directed in a forward direction and projected into target tissue to aid focal ablation rather than away from the target tissue and into blood.
[0231] In this manner, the distal electrodes (3332) may be configured to face a particular direction. For example, FIGS. 33A and 33E show the set of distal electrodes (3332) and the cap electrode (3322) facing generally forward at the distal end of the device (3300) in the second configuration when a distal end of the set of splines (3330) bows radially outward from the longitudinal axis (3324). Furthermore, the distal electrodes (3332) may be disposed at a distal end of its spline such that the distal electrodes (3332) of the set of splines (3330) are disposed near to the cap electrode (3322).
[0232] In some embodiments, each spline of the set of splines (3330) may include a set of electrodes (3332, 3334) having about the same size, shape, number, and spacing as the corresponding electrodes (3332, 3334) of an adjacent spline. The thickness of each spline (3330) may vary based on the number of electrodes (3332, 3334) formed on each spline (3330) which may correspond to the number of insulated electrical leads in the spline (3330). The splines (3330) may have the same or different materials, thickness, and/or length.
[0233] In some embodiments, the cap electrode (3322) and the set of electrodes (3332, 3334) may be configured in anode-cathode sets. For example, the cap electrode (3322) and each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes (3332) may be collectively configured as an anode, and all proximal electrodes (3334) may be collectively configured as a cathode (or vice- versa). In some embodiments, the set of distal electrodes (3332) and the set of proximal electrodes (3334) may have opposite polarities. For example, the distal electrode (3332) and the set of proximal electrodes (3334) for a given spline may have opposite polarities. The cap electrode (3322) and the set of distal electrodes (3332) may have the same polarity. As discussed herein, the set of distal electrodes (3332) and the cap electrode (3322) may be j ointly wired. In some embodiments, the cap electrode and the set of electrodes (3332, 3334) of one or more splines of the set of splines (3330) may be activated together to deliver pulse waveforms for irreversible electroporation. In other embodiments, the pulse waveform delivery may be repeated sequentially over predetermined subsets of the set of electrodes (3332, 3334).
[0234] In some embodiments, the set of distal electrodes (3332) may be separated from the cap electrode (3322) by at most 3 mm from the distal end of each spline (3330). In some embodiments, the set of distal electrodes (3332) may be separated from the set of proximal electrodes (3334) by between about 1 mm and about 20 mm. In some embodiments, each electrode of the set of electrodes (3332, 3334) may include a diameter of between about 0.5 mm to about 3 mm. In some embodiments, the cap electrode (3322) may include a cross- sectional diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm. In some embodiments, each electrode of the set of electrodes (3332, 3334) may have a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5 mm. In some embodiments, the set of splines (3330) in the second configuration may have an expanded cross-sectional diameter (i.e., effective diameter of the expanded or second configuration at its largest portion) of between about 6 mm and about 24 mm. In some embodiments, the set of splines (3300) may extend from the distal end (3312) of the outer shaft (3310) by between about 6 mm and about 30 mm. In some embodiments, the outer shaft (3310) may have an outer diameter of between about 1.5 mm and about 6.0 mm.
[0235] The ablation device (3300) as described herein may be disposed in the first configuration prior to delivering a pulse waveform and transformed to the second configuration to make contact with a tissue surface (e.g., an inner wall of the left atrium or ventricle, and/or the like). In some of these embodiments, a handle (not shown) may be coupled to the catheter (3300) and the set of splines (3330) and the handle configured for affecting transformation of the set of splines (3330) between the first configuration and the second configuration. For example, the handle may be configured to translate the inner shaft (3320) relative to the outer shaft (3310). For example, retracting the inner shaft (3320) into a lumen (3312) of the outer shaft (3310) may deploy the set of splines (3330) into the bulb-like shape illustrated herein. In some embodiments, actuation of a knob, wheel, or other control mechanism in the device handle may result in translation of the inner shaft (3324) and result in deployment of the set of splines (3330). In some embodiments, the electrical leads of at least two electrodes of the set of electrodes (3322, 3332, 3334) may be electrically coupled at or near a proximal portion of the ablation device (3300), such as, for example, within the handle. [0236] Furthermore, the catheter handle (not shown) may include a mechanism for deflecting or steering the distal portion of the catheter device (3300). For example, a pull wire may extend from the catheter handle to one side of the distal portion of the device (3300) at or near the distal end of the outer shaft (3310), with tensioning of the pull wire resulting in deflection of the distal portion of the device (3300). Deflection of the device (3300) may assist positioning of the device (3300) by a user at a suitable anatomical location in a controlled manner. In some embodiments, the distal cap electrode (3322) may be electrically wired separately from the distal spline electrodes (3332). In this manner, intracardiac ECG signals may be recorded only from the distal cap electrode (3322). In some embodiments, one or more distal spline electrodes (3332) may be electrically wired separately, for monitoring of intracardiac ECG signals from each such electrode (3332). In some embodiments, some distal spline electrodes (3332) may be used for ECG monitoring while other distal spline electrodes (3332) may be used for delivery of ablation energy. It should be appreciated that any of the ablation devices described herein may be used with an electrode electrically wired separately, for monitoring of intracardiac ECG signals from each such electrode. In some embodiments, some electrodes on one or more splines of a set of splines may be used for ECG monitoring while other electrodes may be used for delivery of ablation energy.
[0237] The ablation device (3300) may include any number of splines, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 17, 20 or more splines, including all values and sub-ranges in between. In some embodiments, the ablation device (3300) may include 3 to 20 splines. For example, the ablation device (3300) may include from 4 to 12 splines.
[0238] Each of the splines of the set of splines (3300) may include respective electrodes (3332, 3334) having an atraumatic, generally rounded shape to reduce trauma to tissue. In this manner, the distal electrodes in the second configuration may be held close to or placed against a section of atrial wall of the left atrium in order to generate lesions thereupon by activation of appropriate electrodes using any suitable combination of polarities, as described herein. For example, the cap electrode (3322) and the distal electrodes (3332) of the set of splines (3330) may be placed in contact against or in close proximity to a tissue wall (3350), as shown in FIG. 33E, at either an approximately perpendicular or a generally oblique orientation to a tissue wall. The configuration of distal electrodes (3322, 3332) allows the generation of a focal lesion at a desired depth even when the ablation device (3300) in the deployed configuration abuts the tissue wall (3350) at an angle (e.g., obliquely). [0239] In some embodiments, as the electrodes or a subset of electrodes may be independently addressable, the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. For example, different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms), as discussed in further detail herein. It should be appreciated that the size, shape, and spacing of the electrodes on and between the splines may be configured to deliver contiguous/transmural energy to electrically isolate one or more pulmonary veins. In some embodiments, alternate electrodes may be at the same electric potential, and likewise for all the other alternating electrodes. Thus, in some embodiments, ablation may be delivered rapidly with all electrodes activated at the same time. A variety of such electrode pairing options exists and may be implemented based on the convenience thereof.
[0240] In some embodiments, the ablation device (2900, 3000, 3100, 3200) may include 2 to 6 catheters. The ablation device (2900, 3000, 3100, 3200) may include any number of catheters, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or more catheters. For example, in some embodiments, the ablation device (2900, 3000, 3100, 3200) may include 3 to 6 catheters. In some embodiments, a catheter of an ablation device (2900, 3000, 3100, 3200) may include 2 to 6 distal portions. The catheter may include any number of distal portions, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or more distal portions. For example, in some embodiments, the catheter may include 2 to 4 distal portions. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the shape (e.g., curvature, length, size) of the catheters may be asymmetric to aid in controlling a depth, shape, and/or size of focal ablation.
[0241] In some embodiments, the electrodes may form anode-cathode pairs. For example, the first electrode may be configured as an anode and the second electrode may be configured as a cathode. In some embodiments, a subset of the electrodes may be independently addressable and the electrodes may be energized in any sequence using any pulse waveform sufficient to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. For example, different sets of electrodes may deliver different sets of pulses (e.g., hierarchical pulse waveforms).
[0242] In all the embodiments described in the foregoing and without limitation, the ablation catheter itself may be a steerable device with pull wires for controlling deflection through a suitable mechanism in the catheter handle, as is known to those skilled in the art.
Balloon
[0243] In some embodiments, an ablation device may include one or more balloons for delivering energy to ablate tissue by irreversible electroporation. FIG. 10 depicts an embodiment of a balloon ablation device (1010) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (110)) disposed in a left atrial chamber (1000) of a heart. The ablation device (1010) may include a first balloon (1012) and a second balloon (1014) which may be configured to be disposed in an ostium (1002) of a pulmonary vein (1004). The first balloon (1012) in an expanded (e.g., inflated) configuration may have a larger diameter than the second balloon (1014) in an expanded configuration. This allows the second balloon (1014) to be advanced and disposed further into the pulmonary vein (1014) while the first balloon (1012) may be disposed near and/or at an ostium (1002) of the pulmonary vein (1004). The inflated second balloon serves to stabilize the positioning of the first balloon at the ostium of the pulmonary vein. In some embodiments, the first balloon (1012) and the second balloon (1014) may be filled with any suitable conducting fluid such as, for example, saline. The first balloon (1012) and the second balloon (1014) may be electrically isolated from each other. For example, each balloon (1012, 1014) may include an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, with each lead having sufficient electrical insulation to sustain an electrical potential difference of at least 700V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2500 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between. For example, a lead of the second balloon (1014) may be insulated as it extends through the first balloon (1012).
[0244] In some embodiments, the first and second balloons (1012, 1014) may form an anode-cathode pair. For example, in one embodiment, the first and second balloons may carry electrically separate bodies of saline fluid, and the first balloon (1012) may be configured as a cathode and the second balloon (1014) may be configured as an anode, or vice versa, where electrical energy may be capacitively coupled across the balloon or saline-filled electrodes. The device (1010) may receive a pulse waveform to be delivered to tissue (1002). For example, one or more of a biphasic signal may be applied such that tissue may be ablated between the first balloon (1012) and the second balloon (1014) at a desired location in the pulmonary vein (1004). The first and second balloons (1012, 1014) may confine the electric field substantially between the first and second balloons (1012, 1014) so as to reduce the electric field and damage to tissue away from the ostium (1002) of the pulmonary vein (1004). In another embodiment, one or both of electrodes (1018) and (1019) disposed respectively proximal to and distal to the first balloon may be used as an electrode of one polarity, while the fluid in the first balloon may act as an electrode of the opposite polarity. A biphasic pulse waveform may then be delivered between these electrodes of opposed polarities by capacitive coupling across the balloon, resulting in a zone of irreversible electroporation ablation in the region around the first balloon. In some embodiments, one or more of the balloons (1012, 1014) may include a wire mesh.
[0245] FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a balloon ablation device (11 10) (e.g., structurally and/or functionally similar to the ablation device (1010)) disposed in a left atrial chamber (1 100) and a right atrial chamber (1104) of a heart. The ablation device (11 10) may include a balloon (11 12) which may be configured to be advanced into and disposed in the right atrial chamber (1 104). For example, the balloon (11 12) may be disposed in contact with a septum (1 106) of the heart. The balloon (1 1 12) may be filled with saline. The device (1 110) may further include an electrode (1 120) that may be advanced from the right atrial chamber (1104) through the balloon (11 12) and the septum (1 106) and into the left atrial chamber (1 100). For example, the electrode (1 120) may extend from the balloon (1 1 12) and puncture through the septum (1 106) and be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1 100). Once the electrode (1 120) is advanced into the left atrial chamber (1 100), a distal portion of the electrode (1 120) may be modified to form a predetermined shape. For example, a distal portion of the electrode (1 120) may include a nonlinear shape such as a circle, ellipsoid, or any other geometric shape. In FIG. 1 1, the distal portion of the electrode (1120) forms a loop that may surround a single ostium or two or more ostia of the pulmonary veins (1102) in the left atrial chamber (1100). In other embodiments, the distal portion of the electrode (1 120) may have about the same diameter as an ostium of the pulmonary vein (1 102).
[0246] The balloon (11 12) and the electrode (1 120) may be electrically isolated from each other. For example, the balloon (1 112) and the electrode (1120) may each include an insulated electrical lead (1 114, 1 122) respectively, with each lead (11 14, 1 122) having sufficient electrical insulation to sustain an electrical potential difference of at least 700V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200 V to about 2,000 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between. The lead (1122) of the electrode (1120) may be insulated through the balloon (11 12). In some embodiments, the saline in the balloon (11 12) and the electrode (1120) may form an anode-cathode pair. For example, the balloon (11 12) may be configured as a cathode and the electrode (1120) may be configured as an anode. The device (1 110) may receive a pulse waveform to be delivered to the ostium of the pulmonary veins (1 102). For example a biphasic signal may be applied to ablate tissue. The pulse waveform may create an intense electric field around the electrode (1120) while the current is applied via capacitive coupling to the balloon (11 12) to complete the circuit. In some embodiments, the electrode (1120) may include a fine gauge wire and the balloon (11 12) may include a wire mesh.
[0247] In another embodiment, the electrode (1 120) may be advanced through the pulmonary veins (1102) and disposed in one or more of the pulmonary vein ostia without being advanced through the balloon (1 112) and/or the septum (1 106). The balloon (1 112) and electrode (1 120) may be configured as a cathode-anode pair and receive a pulse waveform in the same manner as discussed above.
Return Electrode
[0248] Some embodiments of an ablation system as described herein may further include a return electrode or a distributed set of return electrodes coupled to a patient to reduce the risk of unintended damage to healthy tissue. FIGS. 12A-12B are schematic views of a set of return electrodes (1230) (e.g., return pad) of an ablation system disposed on a patient (1200). A set of four ostia of the pulmonary veins (1210) of the left atrium are illustrated in FIGS. 12A-12B. An electrode (1220) of an ablation device may be positioned around one or more of the ostia of the pulmonary veins (1210). In some embodiments, a set of return electrodes (1230) may be disposed on a back of a patient (1200) to allow current to pass from the electrode (1220) through the patient (1200) and then to the return electrode (1230).
[0249] For example, one or more return electrodes may be disposed on a skin of a patient (1200). In one embodiment, eight return electrodes (1230) may be positioned on the back of the patient so as to surround the pulmonary vein ostia (1210). A conductive gel may be applied between the return electrodes (1230) and the skin to improve contact. It should be appreciated that any of the ablation devices described herein may be used with the one or more return electrodes (1230). In FIGS. 12A-12B, the electrode (1220) is disposed around four ostia (1210).
[0250] FIG. 12B illustrates the energized electrode (1220) forming an electric field (1240) around the ostia (1210) of the pulmonary veins. The return electrode (1230) may in turn receive a pulsed monophasic and/or biphasic waveform delivered by the electrode (1220). In some embodiments, the number of return electrodes (1230) may be approximately inversely proportional to the surface area of the return electrodes (1230).
[0251] For each of the ablation devices discussed herein, the electrodes (e.g., ablation electrode, return electrode) may include biocompatible metals such as titanium, palladium, silver, platinum or a platinum alloy. For example, the electrode may preferably include platinum or a platinum alloy. Each electrode may include an electrical lead having sufficient electrical insulation to sustain an electrical potential difference of at least 700V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown. In other embodiments, the insulation on each of the electrical leads may sustain an electrical potential difference of between about 200V to about 2500 V across its thickness without dielectric breakdown, including all values and sub-ranges in between. The insulated electrical leads may run to the proximal handle portion of the catheter from where they may be connected to a suitable electrical connector. The catheter shaft may be made of a flexible polymeric material such as Teflon, Nylon, Pebax, etc.
II. Methods
[0252] Also described here are methods for ablating tissue in a heart chamber using the systems and devices described above. The heart chamber may be the left atrial chamber and include its associated pulmonary veins. Generally, the methods described here include introducing and disposing a device in contact with one or more pulmonary vein ostial or antral regions. A pulse waveform may be delivered by one or more electrodes of the device to ablate tissue. In some embodiments, a cardiac pacing signal may synchronize the delivered pulse waveforms with the cardiac cycle. Additionally or alternatively, the pulse waveforms may include a plurality of levels of a hierarchy to reduce total energy delivery. The tissue ablation thus performed may be delivered in synchrony with paced heartbeats and with less energy delivery to reduce damage to healthy tissue. It should be appreciated that any of the ablation devices described herein may be used to ablate tissue using the methods discussed below as appropriate.
[0253] In some embodiments, the ablation devices described herein may be used for focal ablation of cardiac features/structures identified to cause arrhythmia. For example, a cardiac electrophysiology diagnostic catheter (e.g., mapping catheter) may be used to map cardiac structures such as rotors that may be subsequently ablated through focal ablation using any of the ablation devices described herein. Focal ablation may, for example, create a spot lesion that neutralizes a rotor while sparing surrounding tissue. In some embodiments, one or more focal ablation lesions may be formed in combination with one or more box or line lesions to treat cardiac arrhythmia. As a non-limiting example, in some embodiments, a system can include one or more mapping catheters, one or more ablation catheters (e.g., an ablation device as illustrated in FIGS. 9D, 9E, 27A-27C, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32) useful for creating lesions via focal ablation, and one or more catheters (e.g., an ablation device as illustrated in FIGS. 3-8, 9A-9C, 10-12, 26A-26B) useful for creating box and/or line lesions.
[0254] FIG. 13 is a method (1300) for one embodiment of a tissue ablation process. In some embodiments, the voltage pulse waveforms described herein may be applied during a refractory period of the cardiac cycle so as to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart. The method (1300) includes introduction of a device (e.g., ablation device, such as the ablation device (110), and/or any of the ablation devices (200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1010, 11 10, 2900, 3000, 3100) into an endocardial space of a left atrium at step (1302). The device may be advanced to be disposed in contact with a pulmonary vein ostium (1304). For example, electrodes of an ablation device may form an approximately circular arrangement of electrodes disposed in contact with an inner radial surface at a pulmonary vein ostium. In some embodiments, a pacing signal may be generated for cardiac stimulation of the heart (1306). The pacing signal may then be applied to the heart (1308). For example, the heart may be electrically paced with a cardiac stimulator to ensure pacing capture to establish periodicity and predictability of the cardiac cycle. One or more of atrial and ventricular pacing may be applied. An indication of the pacing signal may be transmitted to a signal generator (1310). A time window within the refractory period of the cardiac cycle may then be defined within which one or more voltage pulse waveforms may be delivered. In some embodiments, a refractory time window may follow a pacing signal. For example, a common refractory time window may lie between both atrial and ventricular refractory time windows.
[0255] A pulse waveform may be generated in synchronization with the pacing signal (1312). For example, a voltage pulse waveform may be applied in the common refractory time window. In some embodiments, the pulse waveform may be generated with a time offset with respect to the indication of the pacing signal. For example, the start of a refractory time window may be offset from the pacing signal by a time offset. The voltage pulse waveform(s) may be applied over a series of heartbeats over corresponding common refractory time windows. The generated pulse waveform may be delivered to tissue (1314). In some embodiments, the pulse waveform may be delivered to pulmonary vein ostium of a heart of a patient via one or more splines of a set of splines of an ablation device. In other embodiments, voltage pulse waveforms as described herein may be selectively delivered to electrode subsets such as anode-cathode subsets for ablation and isolation of the pulmonary vein. For example, a first electrode of a group of electrodes may be configured as an anode and a second electrode of the group of electrodes may be configured as a cathode. These steps may be repeated for a desired number of pulmonary vein ostial or antral regions to have been ablated (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, or 4 ostia).
[0256] In some embodiments, hierarchical voltage pulse waveforms having a nested structure and a hierarchy of time intervals as described herein may be useful for irreversible electroporation, providing control and selectivity in different tissue types. FIG. 14 is a flowchart (1400) of another embodiment of a tissue ablation process. The method (1400) includes the introduction of a device (e.g., ablation device, such as any of the ablation devices (200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1010, 1 110, 2900, 3000, 3100) into an endocardial space of a left atrium (1402). The device may be advanced to be disposed in a pulmonary vein ostium (1404). In embodiments where the device may include a first and second configuration (e.g., compact and expanded), the device may be introduced in the first configuration and transformed to a second configuration to contact tissue at or near the pulmonary vein antrum or ostium (1406). The device may include electrodes and may be configured in anode-cathode subsets (1408) as discussed in detail above. For example, a subset of electrodes of the devices may be selected as anodes, while another subset of electrodes of the device may be selected as cathodes, with the voltage pulse waveform applied between the anodes and cathodes.
[0257] A pulse waveform may be generated by a signal generator (e.g., the signal generator 122) and may include a plurality of levels in a hierarchy (1410). A variety of hierarchical waveforms may be generated with a signal generator as disclosed herein. For example, the pulse waveform may include a first level of a hierarchy of the pulse waveform including a first set of pulses. Each pulse has a pulse time duration and a first time interval separating successive pulses. A second level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a plurality of first sets of pulses as a second set of pulses. A second time interval may separate successive first sets of pulses. The second time interval may be at least three times the duration of the first time interval. A third level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform may include a plurality of second sets of pulses as a third set of pulses. A third time interval may separate successive second sets of pulses. The third time interval may be at least thirty times the duration of the second level time interval.
[0258] It is understood that while the examples herein identify separate monophasic and biphasic waveforms, it should be appreciated that combination waveforms, where some portions of the waveform hierarchy are monophasic while other portions are biphasic, may also be generated. A voltage pulse waveform having a hierarchical structure may be applied across different anode-cathode subsets (optionally with a time delay). As discussed above, one or more of the waveforms applied across the anode-cathode subsets may be applied during the refractory period of a cardiac cycle. The pulse waveform may be delivered to tissue (1412). It should be appreciated that the steps described in FIGS. 13 and 14 may be combined and modified as appropriate.
[0259] FIGS. 15-18 depict embodiments of the methods for ablating tissue in a left atrial chamber of the heart as described above using the ablation devices described herein (e.g., FIGS. 2-5). FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a method to ablate tissue disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart using an ablation device (1500) corresponding to the ablation device (210) depicted in FIG. 2. The left atrial chamber (1502) is depicted having four pulmonary veins (1504) and the ablation device (1500) may be used to ablate tissue sequentially to electrically isolate one or more of the pulmonary veins (1504). As shown in FIG. 15, the ablation device (1500) may be introduced into an endocardial space such as the left atrial chamber (1502) using a trans-septal approach (e.g., extending from a right atrial chamber through the septum and into the left atrial chamber (1502)). The ablation device (1500) may include a catheter (1510) and a guidewire (1520) slidable within a lumen of the catheter (1510). A distal portion of the catheter (1510) may include a set of electrodes (1512). A distal portion (1522) of the guidewire (1520) may be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1502) so as to be disposed near an ostium of a pulmonary vein (1504). The catheter (1510) may then be advanced over the guidewire (1520) to dispose the electrodes (1512) near the ostium of the pulmonary vein (1504). Once the electrodes (1512) are in contact with the ostium of the pulmonary vein (1504), the electrodes (1512) may be configured in anode-cathode subsets. A voltage pulse waveform generated by a signal generator (not shown) may be delivered to tissue using the electrodes (1512) in synchrony with paced heartbeats and/or include a waveform hierarchy. After completion of tissue ablation in one of the pulmonary veins (1504), the catheter (1510) and guidewire (1520) may be repositioned at another pulmonary vein (1504) to ablate tissue in one or more of the remaining pulmonary veins (1504).
[0260] FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a method to ablate tissue disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart using an ablation device (1600) corresponding to the ablation device (310) depicted in FIG. 3. The left atrial chamber (1602) is depicted having four pulmonary veins (1604) and the ablation device (1600) may be used to ablate tissue sequentially to electrically isolate one or more of the pulmonary veins (1604). As shown in FIG. 16, the ablation device (1600) may be introduced into an endocardial space such as the left atrial chamber (1602) using a trans-septal approach. The ablation device (1600) may include a sheath (1610) and a catheter (1620) slidable within a lumen of the sheath (1610). A distal portion (1622) of the catheter (1620) may include a set of electrodes. A distal portion (1622) of the catheter (1620) may be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1602) to dispose the electrodes near an ostium of a pulmonary vein (1604). Once the electrodes are in contact with the ostium of the pulmonary vein (1604), the electrodes may be configured in anode- cathode subsets. A voltage pulse waveform generated by a signal generator (not shown) may be delivered to tissue using the electrodes in synchrony with paced heartbeats and/or include a waveform hierarchy. After completion of tissue ablation in the pulmonary vein (1604), the catheter (1620) may be repositioned at another pulmonary vein (1604) to ablate tissue in one or more of the remaining pulmonary veins (1604).
[0261] FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a method to ablate tissue disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart using an ablation device corresponding to the ablation device (410) depicted in FIG. 4. The left atrial chamber (1702) is depicted having four pulmonary veins (1704) and the ablation device (1700) may be used to ablate tissue to electrically isolate one or more of the pulmonary veins (1704). As shown in FIG. 17, the ablation device (1700) may be introduced into an endocardial space such as the left atrial chamber (1702) using a trans-septal approach. The ablation device (1700) may include a sheath (1710) and a plurality of catheters (1720, 1721) slidable within a lumen of the sheath (1710). Each of the catheters (1720, 1721) may include a respective guidewire (1722, 1723) slidable within the catheter (1720, 1721). A distal portion of the guidewire (1722, 1723) may include an electrode configured to deliver a voltage pulse waveform. Each of the catheters (1720, 1721) and corresponding guidewires (1722, 1723) may be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1702) so as to be disposed near respective ostia of the pulmonary veins (1704). Once the guidewire electrodes (1722, 1723) are in contact with the ostium of the pulmonary vein (1704), the electrodes may be configured in anode-cathode subsets. For example, a first guidewire (1722) may be configured as an anode while a second guidewire (1723) may be configured as a cathode. In this configuration, voltage pulse waveforms generated by a signal generator (not shown) may be delivered for ablation and simultaneous isolation of the pair of pulmonary veins (1704). Additionally or alternatively, a voltage pulse waveform may be delivered to tissue using the electrodes in synchrony with paced heartbeats and/or include a waveform hierarchy. After completion of tissue ablation in two of the pulmonary veins (1704), the catheters (1720, 1721) may be repositioned to ablate tissue at the two remaining pulmonary veins (1704). In some embodiments, the sheath (1710) may include three or four catheters to be disposed in the pulmonary veins (1704).
[0262] FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a method to ablate tissue disposed in a left atrial chamber of a heart using an ablation device (1800) corresponding to the ablation device (500) depicted in FIG. 5. The left atrial chamber (1802) is depicted having four pulmonary veins (1804) and the ablation device (1800) may be used to ablate tissue sequentially to electrically isolate one or more of the pulmonary veins (1804). As shown in FIG. 18, the ablation device may be introduced into an endocardial space such as the left atrial chamber (1802) using a trans-septal approach. The ablation device may include a sheath (1820) and a catheter (1810) slidable within a lumen of the sheath (1820). A distal portion (1812) of the catheter (1810) may be flower-shaped as discussed in detail with respect to FIG. 5. A distal portion (1812) of the catheter (1810) may be advanced into the left atrial chamber (1802) in a compact first configuration and disposed near an ostium of a pulmonary vein (1804). The distal portion (1812) of the catheter (1810) may then be transformed to an expanded second configuration to form a flower-shaped distal portion, as shown in FIG. 18, such that the distal portion (1812) of the catheter (1810) is disposed near the ostium of the pulmonary vein (1804). Once the electrodes are in contact with the ostium of the pulmonary vein (1804), the electrodes may be configured in anode-cathode subsets. A voltage pulse waveform generated by a signal generator (not shown) may be delivered to tissue using the electrodes in synchrony with paced heartbeats and/or include a waveform hierarchy. After completion of tissue ablation in the pulmonary vein (1804), the catheter (1810) may be repositioned at another pulmonary vein (1804) to ablate tissue in one or more of the remaining pulmonary veins (1804).
[0263] It should be appreciated that any of the methods described herein (e.g., FIGS. 13- 18) may further include coupling a return electrode (e.g., one or more return electrodes (1230) depicted in FIGS. 12A-12B) to a patient's back and configured to safely remove current from the patient during application of a voltage pulse waveform.
[0264] FIGS. 19A-20B depict embodiments of electrodes disposed in contact around an ostium of a pulmonary vein and electric fields generated therefrom. FIG. 19A is a schematic representation (1900) of an embodiment of a set of electrodes (1910) disposed in an ostium of a pulmonary vein (1904). A left atrial chamber (1902) may include a blood pool (1906) and the pulmonary vein (1904) may include a blood pool (1908). The left atrial chamber (1902) and pulmonary vein (1904) may each have a wall thickness of up to about 4 mm. [0265] FIG. 19B is another schematic representation (1900) of the set of electrodes (1910) disposed radially along an interior surface of a pulmonary vein (1904). The pulmonary vein (1904) may include an arterial wall (1905) containing a blood pool (1908). Adjacent electrodes (1910) may be separated by a predetermined distance (191 1). In some embodiments, the pulmonary vein (1904) may have an inner diameter of about 16 mm. In FIGS. 19A-19B, the electrodes (1910) may have a length of about 10 mm and be spaced apart about 4 mm from each other. It should be appreciated that the electrodes (1910) may in other embodiments be any of the electrodes disclosed herein. For example, the electrodes (1910) may include the electrodes of the flower-shaped distal portion of FIG. 5 and/or the generally circular arrangement of electrodes depicted in FIG. 3.
[0266] FIGS. 20A-20B are schematic representations (2000) of an embodiment of an electric field (2020) generated by a set of electrodes (2010) disposed in an ostium of a pulmonary vein (2002). FIG. 20A is a perspective view while FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view of the pulmonary vein (2002) and outer wall of the left atrial chamber (2004). The shaded electric field (2020) illustrates where the electric field (2020) exceeds a threshold value when adjacent electrodes (2010) deliver energy (e.g., voltage pulse waveform) to ablate tissue. For example, the electric field (2020) represents a potential difference of 1500 V applied between adjacent electrodes (2010). Under this applied voltage, the electric field (2020) magnitude is at least above a threshold value of 500 V/cm within the shaded volumetric electric field (2020) and may be sufficient to generate irreversible ablation in cardiac tissue. By sequencing pulse waveforms over adjacent pairs of electrodes (2010) as described above in detail, a pulmonary vein (2002) ostium may be ablated to electrically isolate the pulmonary vein (2002) from the left atrial chamber (2004).
Pulse Waveform
[0267] Disclosed herein are methods, systems and apparatuses for the selective and rapid application of pulsed electric fields/waveforms to effect tissue ablation with irreversible electroporation. The pulse waveform(s) as disclosed herein are usable with any of the systems (100), devices (e.g., 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1010, 11 10, 1230, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1910, 2010, 2900, 3000, 3100), and methods (e.g., 1300, 1400) described herein. Some embodiments are directed to pulsed high voltage waveforms together with a sequenced delivery scheme for delivering energy to tissue via sets of electrodes. In some embodiments, peak electric field values can be reduced and/or minimized while at the same time sufficiently large electric field magnitudes can be maintained in regions where tissue ablation is desired. This also reduces the likelihood of excessive tissue damage or the generation of electrical arcing, and locally high temperature increases. In some embodiments, a system useful for irreversible electroporation includes a signal generator and a processor capable of being configured to apply pulsed voltage waveforms to a selected plurality or a subset of electrodes of an ablation device. In some embodiments, the processor is configured to control inputs whereby selected pairs of anode-cathode subsets of electrodes can be sequentially triggered based on a pre-determined sequence, and in one embodiment the sequenced delivery can be triggered from a cardiac stimulator and/or pacing device. In some embodiments, the ablation pulse waveforms are applied in a refractory period of the cardiac cycle so as to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart. One example method of enforcing this is to electrically pace the heart with a cardiac stimulator and ensure pacing capture to establish periodicity and predictability of the cardiac cycle, and then to define a time window well within the refractory period of this periodic cycle within which the ablation waveform is delivered.
[0268] In some embodiments, the pulsed voltage waveforms disclosed herein are hierarchical in organization and have a nested structure. In some embodiments, the pulsed waveform includes hierarchical groupings of pulses with a variety of associated timescales. Furthermore, the associated timescales and pulse widths, and the numbers of pulses and hierarchical groupings, can be selected so as to satisfy one or more of a set of Diophantine inequalities involving the frequency of cardiac pacing.
[0269] Pulsed waveforms for electroporation energy delivery as disclosed herein may enhance the safety, efficiency and effectiveness of the energy delivery by reducing the electric field threshold associated with irreversible electroporation, yielding more effective ablative lesions with reduced total energy delivered. This in turn can broaden the areas of clinical application of electroporation including therapeutic treatment of a variety of cardiac arrhythmias.
[0270] FIG. 21 illustrates a pulsed voltage waveform in the form of a sequence of rectangular double pulses, with each pulse, such as the pulse (2100) being associated with a pulse width or duration. The pulse width/duration can be about 0.5 microseconds, about 1 microsecond, about 5 microseconds, about 10 microseconds, about 25 microseconds, about 50 microseconds, about 100 microseconds, about 125 microseconds, about 140 microseconds, about 150 microseconds, including all values and sub-ranges in between. The pulsed waveform of FIG. 21 illustrates a set of monophasic pulses where the polarities of all the pulses are the same (all positive in FIG. 21, as measured from a zero baseline). In some embodiments, such as for irreversible electroporation applications, the height of each pulse (2100) or the voltage amplitude of the pulse (2100) can be in the range from about 400 volts, about 1,000 volts, about 5,000 volts, about 10,000 volts, about 15,000 volts, including all values and sub ranges in between. As illustrated in FIG. 21, the pulse (2100) is separated from a neighboring pulse by a time interval (2102), also sometimes referred to as a first time interval. The first time interval can be about 10 microseconds, about 50 microseconds, about 100 microseconds, about 200 microseconds, about 500 microseconds, about 800 microseconds, about 1 millisecond including all values and sub ranges in between, in order to generate irreversible electroporation.
[0271] FIG. 22 introduces a pulse waveform with the structure of a hierarchy of nested pulses. FIG. 22 shows a series of monophasic pulses such as pulse (2200) with pulse width/pulse time duration w, separated by a time interval (also sometimes referred to as a first time interval) such as (2202) of duration h between successive pulses, a number mi of which are arranged to form a group of pulses (2210) (also sometimes referred to as a first set of pulses). Furthermore, the waveform has a number mi of such groups of pulses (also sometimes referred to as a second set of pulses) separated by a time interval (2212) (also sometimes referred to as a second time interval) of duration ti between successive groups. The collection of mi such pulse groups, marked by (2220) in FIG. 22, constitutes the next level of the hierarchy, which can be referred to as a packet and/or as a third set of pulses. The pulse width and the time interval t\ between pulses can both be in the range of microseconds to hundreds of microseconds, including all values and sub ranges in between. In some embodiments, the time interval ti can be at least three times larger than the time interval t\. In some embodiments, the ratio t2/ti can be in the range between about 3 and about 300, including all values and subranges in between.
[0272] FIG. 23 further elaborates the structure of a nested pulse hierarchy waveform. In this figure, a series of mi pulses (individual pulses not shown) form a group of pulses (2300) (e.g., a first set of pulses). A series of mi such groups separated by an inter-group time interval (2310) of duration ti (e.g., a second time interval) between one group and the next form a packet 132 (e.g., a second set of pulses). A series of rm such packets separated by time intervals (2312) of duration h (e.g., a third time interval) between one packet and the next form the next level in the hierarchy, a super-packet labeled (2320) (e.g., a third set of pulses) in the figure. In some embodiments, the time interval can be at least about thirty times larger than the time interval ti. In some embodiments, the time interval h can be at least fifty times larger than the time interval ti. In some embodiments, the ratio t3/t2 can be in the range between about 30 and about 800, including all values and sub-ranges in between. The amplitude of the individual voltage pulses in the pulse hierarchy can be anywhere in the range from 500 volts to 7,000 volts or higher, including all values and sub ranges in between.
[0273] FIG. 24 provides an example of a biphasic waveform sequence with a hierarchical structure. In the example shown in the figure, biphasic pulses such as (2400) have a positive voltage portion as well as a negative voltage portion to complete one cycle of the pulse. There is a time delay (2402) (e.g., a first time interval) between adjacent cycles of duration h, and m such cycles form a group of pulses (2410) (e.g., a first set of pulses). A series of m such groups separated by an inter-group time interval (2412) (e.g., a second time interval) of duration ti between one group and the next form a packet (2420) (e.g., a second set of pulses). The figure also shows a second packet (2430), with a time delay (2432) (e.g., a third time interval) of duration h between the packets. Just as for monophasic pulses, higher levels of the hierarchical structure can be formed as well. The amplitude of each pulse or the voltage amplitude of the biphasic pulse can be anywhere in the range from 500 volts to 7,000 volts or higher, including all values and sub ranges in between. The pulse width/pulse time duration can be in the range from nanoseconds or even sub-nanoseconds to tens of microseconds, while the delays h can be in the range from zero to several microseconds. The inter-group time interval ti can be at least ten times larger than the pulse width. In some embodiments, the time interval h can be at least about twenty times larger than the time interval ti. In some embodiments, the time interval can be at least fifty times larger than the time interval ti.
[0274] Embodiments disclosed herein include waveforms structured as hierarchical waveforms that include waveform elements/pulses at various levels of the hierarchy. The individual pulses such as (2200) in FIG. 22 includes the first level of the hierarchy, and have an associated pulse time duration and a first time interval between successive pulses. A set of pulses, or elements of the first level structure, form a second level of the hierarchy such as the group of pulses/second set of pulses (2210) in FIG. 22. Among other parameters, associated with the waveform are parameters such as a total time duration of the second set of pulses (not shown), a total number of first level elements/first set of pulses, and second time intervals between successive first level elements that describe the second level structure/second set of pulses. In some embodiments, the total time duration of the second set of pulses can be between about 20 microseconds and about 10 milliseconds, including all values and subranges in between. A set of groups, second set of pulses, or elements of the second level structure, form a third level of the hierarchy such as the packet of groups/third set of pulses (2220) in FIG. 22. Among other parameters, there is a total time duration of the third set of pulses (not shown), a total number of second level elements/second set of pulses, and third time intervals between successive second level elements that describe the third level structure/third set of pulses. In some embodiments, the total time duration of the third set of pulses can be between about 60 microseconds and about 200 milliseconds, including all values and sub ranges in between. The generally iterative or nested structure of the waveforms can continue to a higher plurality of levels, such as ten levels of structure, or more.
[0275] In some embodiments, hierarchical waveforms with a nested structure and hierarchy of time intervals as described herein are useful for irreversible electroporation ablation energy delivery, providing a good degree of control and selectivity for applications in different tissue types. A variety of hierarchical waveforms can be generated with a suitable pulse generator. It is understood that while the examples herein identify separate monophasic and biphasic waveforms for clarity, it should be noted that combination waveforms, where some portions of the waveform hierarchy are monophasic while other portions are biphasic, can also be generated/implemented.
[0276] In some embodiments, the ablation pulse waveforms described herein are applied during the refractory period of the cardiac cycle so as to avoid disruption of the sinus rhythm of the heart. In some embodiments, a method of treatment includes electrically pacing the heart with a cardiac stimulator to ensure pacing capture to establish periodicity and predictability of the cardiac cycle, and then defining a time window within the refractory period of the cardiac cycle within which one or more pulsed ablation waveforms can be delivered. FIG. 25 illustrates an example where both atrial and ventricular pacing is applied (for instance, with pacing leads or catheters situated in the right atrium and right ventricle respectively). With time represented on the horizontal axis, FIG. 25 illustrates a series of ventricular pacing signals such as (2500) and (2510), and a series of atrial pacing signals (2520, 2530), along with a series of ECG waveforms (2540, 2542) that are driven by the pacing signals. As indicated in FIG. 25 by the thick arrows, there is an atrial refractory time window (2522) and a ventricular refractory time window (2502) that respectively follow the atrial pacing signal (2522) and the ventricular pacing signal (2500). As shown in FIG. 25, a common refractory time window (2550) of duration Tr can be defined that lies within both atrial and ventricular refractory time windows (2522, 2502). In some embodiments, the electroporation ablation waveform(s) can be applied in this common refractory time window (2550). The start of this refractory time window (2522) is offset from the pacing signal (2500) by atime offset (2504) as indicated in FIG. 25. The time offset (2504) can be smaller than about 25 milliseconds, in some embodiments. At the next heartbeat, a similarly defined common refractory time window (2552) is the next time window available for application of the ablation waveform(s). In this manner, the ablation waveform(s) may be applied over a series of heartbeats, at each heartbeat remaining within the common refractory time window. In one embodiment, each packet of pulses as defined above in the pulse waveform hierarchy can be applied over a heartbeat, so that a series of packets is applied over a series of heartbeats, for a given electrode set.
[0277] It should be understood that the examples and illustrations in this disclosure serve exemplary purposes and departures and variations such as numbers of splines, number of electrodes, and so on can be built and deployed according to the teachings herein without departing from the scope of this invention.
[0278] As used herein, the terms "about" and/or "approximately" when used in conjunction with numerical values and/or ranges generally refer to those numerical values and/or ranges near to a recited numerical value and/or range. In some instances, the terms "about" and "approximately" may mean within ± 10% of the recited value. For example, in some instances, "about 100 [units]" may mean within ± 10% of 100 (e.g., from 90 to 110). The terms "about" and "approximately" may be used interchangeably.
[0279] Some embodiments described herein relate to a computer storage product with a non-transitory computer-readable medium (also may be referred to as a non-transitory processor-readable medium) having instructions or computer code thereon for performing various computer-implemented operations. The computer-readable medium (or processor- readable medium) is non-transitory in the sense that it does not include transitory propagating signals per se (e.g., a propagating electromagnetic wave carrying information on a transmission medium such as space or a cable). The media and computer code (also may be referred to as code or algorithm) may be those designed and constructed for the specific purpose or purposes. Examples of non-transitory computer-readable media include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage media such as hard disks, floppy disks, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as Compact Disc/Digital Video Discs (CD/DVDs), Compact Disc-Read Only Memories (CD- ROMs), and holographic devices; magneto-optical storage media such as optical disks; carrier wave signal processing modules; and hardware devices that are specially configured to store and execute program code, such as Application-Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), Read-Only Memory (ROM) and Random-Access Memory (RAM) devices. Other embodiments described herein relate to a computer program product, which may include, for example, the instructions and/or computer code disclosed herein.
[0280] The systems, devices, and/or methods described herein may be performed by software (executed on hardware), hardware, or a combination thereof. Hardware modules may include, for example, a general-purpose processor (or microprocessor or microcontroller), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), and/or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC). Software modules (executed on hardware) may be expressed in a variety of software languages (e.g., computer code), including C, C++, Java®, Ruby, Visual Basic®, and/or other object-oriented, procedural, or other programming language and development tools. Examples of computer code include, but are not limited to, micro-code or micro-instructions, machine instructions, such as produced by a compiler, code used to produce a web service, and files containing higher-level instructions that are executed by a computer using an interpreter. Additional examples of computer code include, but are not limited to, control signals, encrypted code, and compressed code.
[0281] The specific examples and descriptions herein are exemplary in nature and embodiments may be developed by those skilled in the art based on the material taught herein without departing from the scope of the present invention, which is limited only by the attached claims.

Claims

CLAIMS We claim:
1. An apparatus, comprising:
a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough;
a second catheter extending from a distal end of the first catheter lumen; and a set of splines having a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter, each spline including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines, each electrode having an insulated electrical lead associated herewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the set of splines,
the second catheter configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, wherein:
in the first configuration, the set of splines are generally parallel to the longitudinal axis,
in the second configuration, at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines extends distal to a distal end of the second catheter.
2. An apparatus, comprising:
a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough;
a second catheter extending from a distal end of the first catheter lumen; and a set of splines having a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter, each spline including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines, each electrode having an insulated electrical lead associated herewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the set of splines,
the second catheter configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, wherein:
in the first configuration, the set of splines are generally parallel to the longitudinal axis,
in the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines has a longitudinal axis in the second configuration that has an angle less than about 80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the first catheter.
3. An apparatus, comprising:
a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough;
a second catheter extending from a distal end of the first catheter lumen; and a set of splines having a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter, each spline including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines, each electrode having an insulated electrical lead associated herewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the set of splines,
the second catheter configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, wherein:
in the first configuration, the set of splines are generally closer to the longitudinal axis,
in the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines forming a loop and being twisted along its length such that the spline has torsion along its length.
4. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein each spline of the set of splines is petal shaped.
5. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a local unit tangent vector and a rotation rate defined by a derivative with respect to arc length of the unit tangent vector, such that the rotation rate integrated along the length of the spline is at least π radians.
6. The apparatus of claim 5, wherein the geometry of the curve defined by at least one spline is that of a space curve with torsion.
7. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein in the second configuration, at least one electrode of each spline of the set of splines is distal to the distal end of the second catheter.
8. The apparatus of any of claims 1 -3, wherein the proximal portion of the set of splines are coupled to the first catheter within the first catheter lumen.
9. The apparatus of any of claims 1 -3, wherein the second catheter defines a lumen therethrough, and the distal portion of the set of splines are coupled to the second catheter within the second catheter lumen.
10. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein in the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines is non-overlapping with an adjacent spline.
11. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein the set of splines bow radially outward from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration.
12. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein the set of splines bias away from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration.
13. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, further comprising an actuator coupled to the set of splines and the second catheter, wherein the actuator is configured to transition the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
14. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein the set of electrodes on adjacent splines have opposite polarities.
15. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein the set of splines when deployed in the second configuration forms a shape with an effective cross-sectional diameter at its largest cross-section of between about 10 mm and about 35 mm.
16. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein the set of splines includes between 3 splines and 14 splines.
17. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
18. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein each electrode of the set of electrodes has a diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
19. The apparatus of any of claims 1-3, wherein the insulated electrical leads are disposed in a body of the second catheter, the insulated electrical leads configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
20. A system, comprising:
a signal generator configured for generating a pulse waveform; an ablation device coupled to the signal generator and configured for receiving the pulse waveform, the ablation device including:
a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough;
a second catheter extending from a distal end of the first catheter lumen;
a handle coupled to the second catheter; and
a set of splines having a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter, each spline including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines, each electrode having an insulated electrical lead associated herewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the set of splines,
the second catheter configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, wherein:
in the first configuration, the set of splines are generally closer to the longitudinal axis,
in the second configuration, at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines extends distal to a distal end of the second catheter.
21. The system of claim 20, wherein in the second configuration, at least one electrode of each spline of the set of splines is distal to the distal end of the second catheter.
22. The system of claim 20, wherein the proximal portion of the set of splines are coupled to the first catheter within the first catheter lumen.
23. The system of claim 20, wherein the second catheter defines a lumen therethrough, and the distal portion of the set of splines are coupled to the second catheter within the second catheter lumen.
24. The system of claim 20, wherein in the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines is non-overlapping with an adjacent spline.
25. The system of claim 20, wherein the set of splines bow radially outward from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration.
26. The system of claim 20, wherein the set of splines bias away from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration.
27. The system of claim 20, further comprising an actuator coupled to the set of splines and the second catheter, wherein the actuator is configured to transition the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
28. The system of claim 20, wherein the set of electrodes on adjacent splines have opposite polarities.
29. The system of claim 20, wherein the set of splines when deployed in the second configuration forms a shape with an effective cross-sectional diameter at its largest cross- section of between about 10 mm and about 35 mm.
30. The system of claim 20, wherein the set of splines includes between 3 splines and 14 splines.
31. The system of claim 20, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
32. The system of claim 20, wherein each electrode of the set of electrodes has a diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
33. The system of claim 20, wherein the insulated electrical leads are disposed in a body of the second catheter, the insulated electrical leads configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
34. The system as in claim 20, the pulse waveform including:
a first level of a hierarchy of the pulse waveform includes a first set of pulses, each pulse having a pulse time duration, a first time interval separating successive pulses;
a second level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform includes a plurality of first sets of pulses as a second set of pulses, a second time interval separating successive first sets of pulses, the second time interval being at least three times the duration of the first time interval; and
a third level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform includes a plurality of second sets of pulses as a third set of pulses, a third time interval separating successive second sets of pulses, the third time interval being at least thirty times the duration of the second level time interval.
35. A method of treating cardiac arrhythmia via irreversible electroporation, comprising:
advancing an ablation device into a left atrium of a patient, the ablation device including:
a first catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough;
a second catheter extending from a distal end of the first catheter lumen; and a set of splines having a proximal portion coupled to a distal end of the first catheter lumen and a distal portion coupled to a distal end of the second catheter, each spline including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines, each electrode having an insulated electrical lead associated herewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the set of splines, wherein:
in the first configuration, the set of splines are generally closer to the longitudinal axis,
in the second configuration, at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines extends distal to a distal end of the second catheter;
transitioning the ablation device from a first configuration to a second configuration,
generating a set of pulse waveforms; and
delivering the set of pulse waveforms to a set of contiguous portions of a posterior wall of a left atrium via one or more splines of a set of splines of the ablation device in the second configuration to form a set of ablation zones.
36. The method of claim 35, wherein, in the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines forms a loop and is twisted along its length such that that spline has torsion along its length.
37. The method of claim 35, wherein, in the second configuration, each spline of the set of splines has a longitudinal axis in the second configuration that has an angle less than about 80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the first catheter.
38. The method of claim 35, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a rotation rate defined by a derivative with respect to an arc length of a unit tangent vector, such that the rotation rate integrated along the length of the spline is at least π radians.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the geometry of the curve defined by at least one spline is that of a space curve with torsion.
40. The method of claim 35, further comprising advancing at least a portion of the set of splines distal to the distal end of the second catheter by retracting the second catheter relative to the first catheter.
41. The method of claim 35, each insulated electrical lead configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
42. The method of claim 35, the set of splines including a group of electrodes, the group of electrodes including the set of electrodes of each spline of the set of splines, the method further comprising:
configuring a first electrode of the group of electrodes as an anode;
configuring a second electrode of the group of electrodes as a cathode; and delivering the pulse waveform to the first electrode and the second electrode.
43. The method of claim 35, further comprising:
configuring a first set of electrodes of a first spline of the set of splines as anodes; configuring a second set of electrodes of a second spline of the set of splines as cathodes; and
delivering the pulse waveform to the first set of electrodes and the second set of electrodes.
44. The apparatus of claim 1, wherein each spline of the set of splines is petal shaped.
45. The apparatus of claim 2, wherein each spline of the set of splines is petal shaped.
46. An apparatus, comprising:
an outer catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough; and a set of catheters, each extending from a distal end of the outer catheter lumen, each catheter including a proximal portion, a distal portion, and a hinge coupling the proximal portion to the distal portion, wherein the distal portion of each catheter includes an electrode such that the set of catheters includes a set of electrodes, each catheter of the set of catheters configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration, a second configuration, and a third configuration,
wherein:
in the first configuration, each catheter of the set of catheters is generally parallel to the longitudinal axis;
in the second configuration, each catheter of the set of catheters bias away from the longitudinal axis; and
in the third configuration, the distal portion of each catheter of the set of catheters is rotated about its corresponding hinge.
47. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein a first electrode of the set of electrodes has a polarity opposite that of a second electrode of the set of electrodes.
48. The apparatus of claim 47, wherein the first and second electrodes include an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of the first and second catheters, the insulated electrical leads configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
49. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein the distal portion of each catheter of the set of catheters biases away from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration.
50. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein the first and second electrodes bias towards each other in the third configuration.
51. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein the proximal portion of each catheter biases away from the longitudinal axis and each electrode of the set of electrodes biases toward the longitudinal axis in the third configuration.
52. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein the proximal portion of each catheter of the set of catheters has a radius of curvature of about 1 cm or larger.
53. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein the distal portion of each catheter of the set of catheters has a length between about 3 mm and about 12 mm.
54. The apparatus of claim 47, wherein the first and second electrodes have a length between about 1 mm and about 7 mm.
55. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein a distance between the distal portions of each catheter of the set of catheters in the third configuration is between about 1 mm and about 7 mm.
56. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein each catheter includes a wire coupled to the hinge.
57. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein the set of catheters includes between two and four catheters.
58. The apparatus of claim 46, wherein the set of catheters includes between three and six catheters.
59. The apparatus of claim 58, wherein the proximal portion of each catheter of the set of catheters has a radius of curvature of about 1 cm or larger.
60. An apparatus, comprising:
an outer catheter defining a longitudinal axis and a lumen therethrough; and a catheter extending from a distal end of the outer catheter lumen, the catheter including a proximal portion, a set of distal portions, and a set of hinges coupling the proximal portion to the set of distal portions, wherein the set of distal portions each includes an electrode to define a set of electrodes,
the catheter configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration, a second configuration, and a third configuration, wherein:
in the first configuration, the set of distal portions are generally parallel to the longitudinal axis,
in the second configuration, each electrode of the set of electrodes is advanced away from the distal end of the outer catheter lumen,
in the third configuration, each electrode of the set of electrodes is configured to bias away from the longitudinal axis.
61. The apparatus of claim 60, wherein the electrodes on opposing distal portions have opposite polarities.
62. The apparatus of claim 60, wherein each electrode of the set of electrodes includes an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of the catheter, the insulated electrical leads configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
63. The apparatus of claim 60, wherein the catheter includes between about 2 and about 4 distal portions.
64. The apparatus of claim 60, wherein the one or more distal portions naturally bias to be approximately perpendicular to the longitudinal axis the third configuration.
65. A method of focal ablation via irreversible electroporation, comprising:
generating a pulse waveform; and
delivering the pulse waveform to heart tissue of a patient via a set of electrodes of a set of catheters of an ablation device, each catheter including:
a proximal portion, a distal portion, and a hinge coupling the proximal portion to the distal portion.
66. The method of claim 65, further comprising:
advancing the set of catheters, disposed within a lumen of an outer catheter, away from a distal end of the outer catheter; and
rotating each distal portion of the set of catheters about its corresponding hinge.
67. The method of claim 65, further comprising disposing the ablation device in the endocardial space of the left atrium of the heart, and in contact a pulmonary vein ostium.
68. The method of claim 65, wherein the ablation device is configured to generate an electric field intensity of between about 400 V/cm and about 600 V/cm.
69. The method of claim 65, wherein each electrode of the set of electrodes has an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical lead disposed in a body of its catheter, each insulated electrical lead configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
70. An apparatus, comprising:
a catheter shaft defining a longitudinal axis and a shaft lumen therethrough;
a set of splines extending from a distal end of the shaft lumen, each spline including a set of independently addressable proximal electrodes formed on a surface of each of the splines, each electrode having an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the one or more splines; and a distal cap coupled to a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines, the distal cap including an independently addressable distal electrode formed on a surface of the distal cap, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, wherein the distal electrode is disposed in a distal end plane of the second configuration that is generally perpendicular with respect to the longitudinal axis, and the set of proximal electrodes are disposed outside the distal end plane.
71. The apparatus of claim 70, wherein the distal electrode has a polarity opposite to that of least one proximal electrode of the set of proximal electrodes.
72. The apparatus of claim 70, wherein the set of splines bow radially outward from the longitudinal axis in the second configuration, and the set of splines are arranged generally parallel to the longitudinal axis in the first configuration.
73. The apparatus of claim 70, the insulated electrical leads configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
74. The apparatus of claim 70, wherein the set of electrodes on adjacent splines have opposite polarities.
75. The apparatus of claim 70 wherein the distal electrode has a length from about 0.5 mm to about 7.0 mm and a cross-sectional diameter from about 0.5 mm to about 4.0 mm.
76. The apparatus of claim 70, wherein each electrode of the set of electrodes has a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5.0 mm and a cross-sectional diameter from about 0.5 mm to about 2.5 mm.
77. The apparatus of claim 70, wherein a distance between the distal electrode and a distal end of the distal cap is from about 1.0 mm to about 4.0 mm.
78. An apparatus, comprising:
a catheter shaft defining a longitudinal axis and a shaft lumen therethrough;
a set of splines extending from a distal end of the shaft lumen, each spline including a set of independently addressable electrodes formed on a surface of each of the one or more splines, each electrode of the set of electrodes having an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the one or more splines; and the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, wherein the set of splines in the first configuration are generally parallel to the longitudinal axis and a distal end of the set of splines in the second configuration biases away from the longitudinal axis.
79. The apparatus of claim 78, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a radius of curvature of about 1 cm or larger.
80. The apparatus of claim 78, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a monotonically increasing radius of curvature.
81. The apparatus of claim 78, wherein the each spline of the set of splines is configured for independent translation along the longitudinal axis.
82. The apparatus of claim 78, wherein a distal end of each spline of the set of splines is configured to extend from the distal end of the shaft lumen from about 8.0 mm to about 20.0 mm.
83. The apparatus of claim 78, wherein a distal end of each spline of the set of splines is configured to extend from the distal end of the shaft lumen by up to about 5 cm.
84. The apparatus of claim 78, wherein the insulated electrical leads is configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
85. The apparatus of claim 78, wherein a distance between distal ends of the set of splines in the second configuration is from about 5.0 mm to about 20.0 mm.
86. The apparatus of claim 78, wherein a distal electrode of each spline of the set of splines has a polarity opposite of a corresponding proximal electrode.
87. An apparatus, comprising:
a catheter shaft defining a longitudinal axis and a shaft lumen therethrough;
a set of splines extending from a distal end of the shaft lumen, each spline including a set of proximal electrodes formed on a surface of each of the one or more splines, each electrode of the set of proximal electrodes having an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the one or more splines; and a distal cap coupled to a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines, the distal cap including at least one independently addressable distal electrode, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, wherein the set of splines in the first configuration are generally parallel to the longitudinal axis and the set of splines in the second configuration bow radially outward from the longitudinal axis.
88. The apparatus of claim 87, wherein the at least one distal electrode has a polarity opposite to at least one electrode of the set of proximal electrodes of each spline of the set of splines.
89. The apparatus of claim 87, wherein the at least one distal electrode is configured as an anode, and at least one electrode of the set of proximal electrodes of each spline of the set of splines is configured as a cathode.
90. The apparatus of claim 87, wherein the set of proximal electrodes on adjacent splines have opposite polarities.
91. The apparatus of claim 87, wherein the at least one distal electrode has a length from about 0.5 mm to about 7 mm and a cross-sectional diameter from about 0.5 mm to about 4.0 mm.
92. The apparatus of claim 87, wherein the set of proximal electrodes have a length from about 0.5 mm to about 5.0 mm and a cross-sectional diameter from about 0.5 mm to about 2.5 mm.
93. The apparatus of claim 87, wherein a distance between the at least one distal electrode and the set of proximal electrodes is from about 3.0 mm to about 12.0 mm.
94. The apparatus of claim 87, wherein a distance between the at least one distal electrode and a distal end of the distal cap is from about 1.0 mm to about 4.0 mm.
95. A method of treating cardiac arrythmia via irreversible electroporation, comprising:
generating a pulse waveform; and
delivering the pulse waveform to a portion of the wall of a cardiac chamber of a heart of a patient via one or more splines of a set of splines of an ablation device, each spline including: a set of electrodes formed on a surface of the spline, each electrode of the set of electrodes having an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of the spline.
96. The method of claim 95, further comprising disposing the ablation device in the endocardial space of the left atrium of the heart, and in contact with the pulmonary vein ostium.
97. The method of claim 95, each insulated electrical lead configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
98. The method of claim 95, the set of splines including a group of electrodes, the group of electrodes including the set of electrodes of each spline of the set of splines, the method further comprising:
configuring a first electrode of the group of electrodes as an anode;
configuring a second electrode of the group of electrodes as a cathode; and delivering the pulse waveform to the first electrode and the second electrode.
99. The method of claim 95, further comprising:
configuring a first set of electrodes of a first spline of the set of splines as anodes; configuring a second set of electrodes of a second spline of the set of splines as cathodes; and
delivering the pulse waveform to the first set of electrodes and the second set of electrodes.
100. An apparatus, comprising:
a catheter defining a longitudinal axis;
a set of splines coupled to the catheter, each spline of the set of splines including a set of electrodes formed on that spline, each set of electrodes including a distal electrode having an exposed portion such that the set of splines includes a set of distal electrodes; and
a cap electrode formed on a distal end of the catheter, each distal electrode being the nearest to the cap electrode relative to other electrodes of its corresponding set of electrodes on the same spline, the cap electrode and each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes having the same electrical polarity during use, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between: a first configuration wherein the set of splines are approximately parallel to the longitudinal axis; and
a second configuration wherein a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines bows radially outward from the longitudinal axis, wherein the cap electrode is separated from each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes by at most about 3 mm.
101. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein the exposed portion of each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes is exposed along a portion of the circumference of its corresponding spline.
102. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein the exposed portion of each of the distal electrodes faces away from the longitudinal axis in the first configuration.
103. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein the exposed portion of each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes subtends an angle of between about 30 degrees to about 300 degrees about a center of its corresponding spline.
104. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein the set of distal electrodes has a diameter of between about 0.5 mm and about 3 mm.
105. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein the cap electrode has a cross-sectional diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
106. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein each set of electrodes includes a set of proximal electrodes, the distal electrodes and the set of proximal electrodes for a given spline having opposite electrical polarities for ablation delivery.
107. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein the cap electrode and the set of distal electrodes are collectively configured as an anode.
108. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes has a length between about 0.5 mm and about 5 mm.
109. The apparatus of claim 100, wherein the set of splines when deployed in the second configuration forms a shape with an effective cross-sectional diameter at its largest portion of between about 6 mm to about 24 mm.
1 10. The apparatus of claim 100, further comprising an outer shaft defining a lumen therethrough, wherein the set of splines extends from a distal end of the lumen between about 6 mm and about 30 mm.
1 11. The apparatus of claim 100, the insulated electrical leads configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
1 12. The apparatus of claim 100, where the cap electrode is independently addressable.
1 13. The apparatus of claim 100, where the cap electrode and each electrode of the set of electrodes is independently addressable.
1 14. The apparatus of claim 100, each electrode of the set of electrodes having an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the one or more splines.
1 15. An apparatus, comprising:
a catheter defining a longitudinal axis;
a set of splines coupled to the catheter, each spline of the set of splines including a set of electrodes formed on that spline, each set of electrodes including a distal electrode having an exposed portion such that the set of splines includes a set of distal electrodes, wherein the exposed portion of each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes subtends an angle relative to its spline of between about 30 degrees and about 300 degrees about a center of its corresponding spline; and
a cap electrode formed on a distal end of the catheter, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between:
a first configuration wherein the set of splines are generally parallel to the longitudinal axis; and
a second configuration wherein a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines bows radially outward from the longitudinal axis.
1 16. The apparatus of claim 1 15, wherein the cap electrode is separated from each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes by at most about 3 mm.
117. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes partially encircles the circumference of its corresponding spline.
118. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein the exposed portions of each of the set of distal electrodes faces away from the longitudinal axis in the first configuration.
119. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein the set of distal electrodes has a diameter of between about 0.5 mm and about 3 mm.
120. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein the cap electrode has a cross-sectional diameter of between about 1 mm and about 5 mm.
121. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein each set of electrodes includes a set of proximal electrodes, the distal electrode and the set of proximal electrodes for a given spline having opposite electrical polarities during ablation energy delivery.
122. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein the cap electrode and the set of distal electrodes are collectively configured as an anode.
123. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes has a length between about 0.5 mm and about 5.0 mm.
124. The apparatus of claim 115, wherein the set of splines when deployed in the second configuration forms a shape with an effective cross-sectional diameter at its largest section of between about 6 mm and about 24 mm.
125. The apparatus of claim 115, further comprising an outer shaft defining a lumen therethrough, wherein the set of splines extends from a distal end of the lumen between about 6 mm and about 24 mm.
126. The apparatus of claim 115, the insulated electrical leads configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
127. The apparatus of claim 115, where the cap electrode is independently addressable.
128. The apparatus of claim 115, where the cap electrode and each electrode of the set of electrodes is independently addressable.
129. The apparatus of claim 1 15, each electrode of the set of electrodes having an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in a body of each of the one or more splines.
130. An apparatus, comprising:
a catheter shaft defining a longitudinal axis;
a set of splines coupled to the catheter shaft, each spline of the set of splines including a set of electrodes formed on that spline, each set of electrodes including a distal electrode such that the set of splines includes a set of distal electrodes; and
a cap electrode formed on a distal end of the catheter, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between:
a first configuration wherein the set of splines are generally parallel to the longitudinal axis; and
a second configuration wherein a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines bows radially outward from the longitudinal axis, where the cap electrode is separated from each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes by at most about 3 mm and the distal portion of each spline of the set of splines is angled between about 60 degrees and about 90 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis.
131. The apparatus of claim 130, wherein each distal electrode of the set of distal electrodes has an exposed portion that subtends an angle of between about 30 degrees and about 300 degrees about a center of its corresponding spline.
132. An apparatus, comprising:
a catheter shaft defining a longitudinal axis and a shaft lumen therethrough;
a set of splines extending from a distal end of the shaft lumen, each spline of the set of splines including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of that spline; and
a distal cap coupled to a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, the first configuration including the distal cap coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft at a first distance and the second configuration including the distal cap coupled to the distal end of the catheter shaft at a second distance, and a ratio of the first distance to the second distance is between about 5 : 1 and about 25 : 1.
133. An apparatus, comprising: a catheter shaft defining a longitudinal axis and a shaft lumen therethrough;
a set of splines extending from a distal end of the shaft lumen, each spline of the set of splines including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of that spline; and
a distal cap coupled to a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, wherein in the first configuration, each spline lies in a cylindrical plane that is generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft, and wherein in the second configuration, at least a portion of each spline of the set of splines has a radius of curvature between about 7 mm and about 25 mm.
134. An apparatus, comprising:
a catheter shaft defining a longitudinal axis and a shaft lumen therethrough;
a set of splines extending from a distal end of the shaft lumen, each spline of the set of splines including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of that spline; and
a distal cap coupled to a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, wherein in the first configuration, each spline lies substantially in a plane that iintersects the longitudinal axis of the catheter shaft, wherein in the second configuration, each spline forms a loop having a first concave curve facing the distal cap, a second concave curve facing the longitudinal axis, and a third concave curve facing the distal end of the shaft lumen.
135. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the first configuration includes the set of splines arranged to helically rotate about the longitudinal axis.
136. The apparatus of claim 135, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a nonzero helix angle of less than about 5 degrees.
137. The apparatus of claim 135, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a nonzero helix angle of less than about 2 degrees.
138. The apparatus of claim 135, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a nonzero helix angle of less than about 1 degree.
139. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines in the second configuration are arranged as a set of non-overlapping loops.
140. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines in the second configuration are arranged as a set of electrically isolated loops.
141. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines in the second configuration includes a radius of curvature that varies along a spline length.
142. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines in the second configuration is configured to abut a tissue wall, wherein the set of electrodes on at least two of the splines are configured to generate an electric field comprising a magnitude and a tangential component of the electric field lines relative to the tissue wall, wherein the tangential component is greater than half of the magnitude in a substantial portion of the tissue wall between the at least two splines.
143. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein each spline of the set of splines in the second configuration biases away from the longitudinal axis by up to about 30 mm.
144. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines in the second configuration has a diameter between about 10 mm and about 50 mm.
145. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines in the second configuration has a diameter between about 25 mm and about 35 mm.
146. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines in the second configuration has a diameter of about 30 mm.
147. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines and the distal cap are configured for translation together along the longitudinal axis by up to about 60 mm.
148. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein each of the distal portions of the set of splines is fixed to the distal cap.
149. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein each spline of the set of splines in the second configuration includes an elliptical cross-section.
150. The apparatus of claim 149, wherein the elliptical cross-section includes a maj or axis length between about 1 mm and about 2.5 mm and a minor axis length between about 0.4 mm and about 1.2 mm.
151. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines includes between 3 splines and 20 splines.
152. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines includes 5 splines.
153. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines includes 8 splines.
154. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein each spline of the set of splines has a cross-sectional area between about 0.2 mm2 and about 15 mm2.
155. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein each spline of the set of splines defines a spline lumen therethrough.
156. The apparatus of claim 155, wherein the set of electrodes for each spline in the set of splines includes an insulated electrical lead associated therewith, the insulated electrical leads disposed in the spline lumen of each spline of the set of splines.
157. The apparatus of claim 155, wherein the insulated electrical leads are configured for sustaining a voltage potential of at least about 700 V without dielectric breakdown of its corresponding insulation.
158. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of electrodes for each spline in the set of splines includes at least one electrode configured for ablation and at least one electrode configured for receiving an ECG signal.
159. The apparatus of claim 158, wherein the at least one electrode configured for ablation and the at least one electrode configured for receiving the ECG signal are coupled to separate insulated electrical leads.
160. The apparatus of claim 159, wherein the set of electrodes includes four electrodes configured for ablation and one electrode configured for receiving the ECG signal.
161. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of electrodes for each spline in the set of splines is coupled to a corresponding insulated electrical lead.
162. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein each spline of the set of splines in the second configuration includes an apex relative to the longitudinal axis.
163. The apparatus of claim 162, wherein the set of electrodes are unequally distributed with respect to the apex of each spline of the set of splines.
164. The apparatus of claim 162, wherein the set of electrodes are distributed proximal and distal to the apex by a ratio of 1 to 3.
165. The apparatus of claim 162, wherein the set of electrodes are distributed proximal and distal to the apex by a ratio of 1 to 2.
166. The apparatus of claim 162, wherein the set of electrodes are distributed proximal and distal to the apex by a ratio of 2 to 3.
167. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of electrodes for each spline are jointly wired.
168. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of electrodes for each spline are wired in series.
169. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of electrodes includes an atraumatic shape.
170. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of electrodes includes an elliptical cross-section.
171. The apparatus of claim 170, wherein the elliptical cross-section includes a maj or axis length between about 1 mm and about 4 mm and a minor axis length between about 0.4 mm and about 3 mm.
172. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of electrodes includes from 2 electrodes to 64 electrodes.
173. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein each electrode of the set of electrodes has a surface area between about 0.5 mm2 and about 20 mm2.
174. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein a first set of electrodes of a first spline of the set of splines is configured as an anode, and a second set of electrodes of a second spline of the set of splines is configured as a cathode.
175. The apparatus of claim 174, wherein the first spline is non-adj acent to the second spline.
176. The apparatus of claim 174, wherein the first set of electrodes includes one electrode and the second set of electrodes includes at least two electrodes.
177. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein one electrode of each spline of the set of splines is alternatively configured for ablation and for receiving ECG signals.
178. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein a distance between the distal cap and the catheter shaft is less than about 8 mm.
179. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the distal cap includes an atraumatic shape.
180. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the distal cap defines a cap lumen therethrough.
181. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein a diameter of the catheter shaft is between about 6 French and about 15 French.
182. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein one or more of a distal portion of the catheter shaft and distal cap includes a radiopaque portion.
183. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the set of splines includes a radiopaque portion formed on a surface of the set of splines.
184. The apparatus as in any one of claims 132, 185, 198, and 208, wherein the catheter shaft includes a length between about 60 cm and about 85 cm.
185. An apparatus, comprising:
a handle; a catheter shaft coupled to a proximal end of the handle, the catheter shaft defining a longitudinal axis and a shaft lumen therethrough;
a set of splines extending from a distal end of the shaft lumen, each spline of the set of splines including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of that spline; and
a distal cap coupled to a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, the first configuration including the distal cap coupled to a distal end of the catheter shaft at a first distance and the second configuration including the distal cap coupled to the distal end of the catheter shaft at a second distance, and a ratio of the first distance to the second distance is between about 5: 1 and about 25: 1.
186. The apparatus as in any one of claims 185, 198, and 208, wherein the handle is coupled to the set of splines and the distal cap, the handle defining a second longitudinal axis and a handle lumen therethrough, the handle including a translation member disposed in the handle lumen.
187. The apparatus of claim 186, wherein the translation member is configured for translation along the second longitudinal axis to transition the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
188. The apparatus of claim 187, wherein the translation member is configured for rotation about the second longitudinal axis to transition between a lock configuration and an unlock configuration.
189. The apparatus of claim 188, wherein the lock configuration fixes a translational position of the set of splines and the distal cap relative to the catheter shaft and the unlock configuration permits translation of the set of splines and the distal cap relative to the catheter shaft.
190. The apparatus of claim 186, wherein the translation member includes a locking member.
191. The apparatus of claim 189, wherein the locking member includes a protrusion.
192. The apparatus of claim 189, wherein the handle lumen defines a translation groove and a plurality of locking grooves each intersecting the translation groove.
I l l
193. The apparatus of claim 191 , wherein the locking member is configured for translation along the translation groove to transition the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration.
194. The apparatus as in any one of claims 185, 198, and 208, further including an electrical cable coupled to the handle.
195. The apparatus of claim 194, wherein a proximal end of the electrical cable includes one or more connectors.
196. The apparatus of claim 186, wherein the translation member defines a guidewire lumen therethrough.
197. The apparatus as in any one of claims 185, 198, and 208, wherein the handle includes a flush port.
198. A system, comprising:
a signal generator configured for generating a pulse waveform;
a cardiac stimulator coupled to the signal generator and configured for generating a pacing signal for cardiac stimulation during use, and for transmitting an indication of the pacing signal to the signal generator;
the signal generator further configured for generating the pulse waveform in synchronization with the indication of the pacing signal; and
an ablation device coupled to the signal generator and configured for receiving the pulse waveform, the ablation device including:
a handle;
a catheter shaft coupled to a proximal end of the handle, the catheter shaft defining a first longitudinal axis and a shaft lumen therethrough;
a set of splines coupled to the catheter shaft, a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines extending distally from a distal end of the catheter shaft, each spline of the set of splines including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of each spline of the set of splines; and
a distal cap coupled to the distal portions of each spline of the set of splines, the distal portions each include a helical shape about the first longitudinal axis, the handle configured for translating the set of splines along the first longitudinal axis to transition the set of splines between a first configuration and a second configuration, the first configuration includes the set of splines arranged substantially parallel to the first longitudinal axis and the second configuration includes the set of splines arranged substantially perpendicular to the first longitudinal axis.
199. The system as in any one of claims 198 and 208, further including a guidewire, wherein the ablation device is configured for being disposed over the guidewire during use.
200. The system as in any one of claims 198 and 208, further including a deflectable sheath configured for deflecting at least about 180 degrees.
201. The system as in any one of claims 198 and 208, further including a dilator configured for dilating a transseptal opening.
202. The system of claim 201, wherein the dilator is configured for creating the transseptal opening.
203. The system as in any one of claims 198 and 208, further including an extension cable configured for electrically coupling the electrodes of the set of splines to the signal generator.
204. The system as in any one of claims 198 and 208, further including a diagnostic device configured for receiving electrophysiology data of a left atrium.
205. The system as in any one of claims 198 and 208, wherein the electrophysiology data includes at least one pulmonary vein of the left atrium.
206. The system as in any one of claims 198 and 208, wherein the signal generator is configured for generating the pulse waveform with a time offset with respect to the indication of the pacing signal.
207. The system as in any one of claims 198 and 208, the pulse waveform including: a first level of a hierarchy of the pulse waveform includes a first set of pulses, each pulse having a pulse time duration, a first time interval separating successive pulses;
a second level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform includes a plurality of first sets of pulses as a second set of pulses, a second time interval separating successive first sets of pulses, the second time interval being at least three times the duration of the first time interval; and a third level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform includes a plurality of second sets of pulses as a third set of pulses, a third time interval separating successive second sets of pulses, the third time interval being at least thirty times the duration of the second level time interval.
208. A method of treating atrial fibrillation via irreversible electroporation, comprising:
creating a transseptal opening into a left atrium;
advancing a guidewire and a sheath into the left atrium through the transseptal opening; advancing an ablation device into the left atrium over the guidewire, the ablation device including:
a catheter shaft defining a longitudinal axis and a shaft lumen therethrough; a set of splines coupled to the catheter shaft, a distal portion of each spline of the set of splines extending distally from a distal end of the catheter shaft, each spline of the set of splines including a set of electrodes formed on a surface of each spline of the set of splines, the set of splines configured for translation along the longitudinal axis to transition between a first configuration and a second configuration, the first configuration including the set of splines arranged substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis and the second configuration including the set of splines arranged substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal axis;
transitioning the ablation device from the first configuration into the second configuration;
recording first electrophysiology data of the left atrium;
advancing the ablation device to toward a pulmonary vein of a set of pulmonary veins;
delivering a pulse waveform to the pulmonary vein using the ablation device; and
recording second electrophysiology data of the left atrium after delivering the pulse waveform.
209. The method of claim 208, wherein the ablation device is configured to generate a set of circumferential electric field lines generally parallel with a second longitudinal axis of a set of myocardial cells disposed circumferentially in an atrial wall when delivering the pulse waveform.
210. The method of claim 208, further comprising:
creating a first access site in a patient;
advancing the guidewire through the first access site and into a right atrium;
advancing the dilator and a sheath over the guidewire and into the right atrium;
advancing the dilator from the right atrium into the left atrium through an interatrial septum to create the transseptal opening; and
dilating the transseptal opening using the dilator.
211. The method of claim 208, further comprising creating a second access site in the patient for advancing a cardiac stimulator.
212. The method of claim 21 1 , further comprising:
advancing the cardiac stimulator into a right ventricle;
generating a pacing signal for cardiac stimulation of the heart using the cardiac stimulator; and
applying the pacing signal to the heart using the cardiac stimulator, the pulse waveform generated in synchronization with the pacing signal.
213. The method of claim 208, wherein the first and second electrophysiology data includes intracardiac ECG signal data of at least one pulmonary vein.
214. The method of claim 208, wherein the first and second electrophysiology data is recorded using the ablation device in the second configuration.
215. The method of claim 208, further comprising advancing a diagnostic catheter into the left atrium and recording the first and second electrophysiology data using the diagnostic catheter.
216. The method of claim 215, wherein the diagnostic catheter is advanced through a jugular vein.
217. The method of claim 208, wherein the ablation device disposed in the left atrium transitions from the first configuration into the second configuration without contacting an atrial wall and the pulmonary vein.
218. The method of claim 208, further comprising disposing the ablation device in an endocardial space of the left atrium, the ablation device in contact with a pulmonary vein ostium.
219. The method of claim 218, wherein the set of splines in contact with the pulmonary vein ostium forms a "C" shape.
220. The method of claim 208, further comprising configuring a first set of electrodes of a first spline of the set of splines as an anode, and configuring a second set of electrodes of a second spline of the set of splines as a cathode.
221. The method of claim 220, wherein the first spline is non-adj acent to the second spline.
222. The method of claim 221 , wherein the first set of electrodes includes one electrode and the second set of electrodes includes at least two electrodes.
223. The method of claim 208, further comprising fluoroscopically imaging a radiopaque portion of the ablation device during one or more steps.
224. The method of claim 208, wherein the first access site is a femoral vein.
225. The method of claim 210, wherein the interatrial septum includes a fossa ovalis.
226. The method of claim 208, further comprising generating the pulse waveform using a signal generator coupled to the ablation device.
227. The method of claim 208, further comprising transitioning the set of splines from the second configuration after ablation of the pulmonary vein, and advancing the ablation device to toward another pulmonary vein of the set of pulmonary veins.
228. The method of claim 208, the pulse waveform including:
a first level of a hierarchy of the pulse waveform includes a first set of pulses, each pulse having a pulse time duration, a first time interval separating successive pulses;
a second level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform includes a plurality of first sets of pulses as a second set of pulses, a second time interval separating successive first sets of pulses, the second time interval being at least three times the duration of the first time interval; and
a third level of the hierarchy of the pulse waveform includes a plurality of second sets of pulses as a third set of pulses, a third time interval separating successive second sets of pulses, the third time interval being at least thirty times the duration of the second level time interval.
229. The method of claim 208, wherein the pulse waveform includes a time offset with respect to the pacing signal.
230. The method of claim 208, the ablation device including a handle, the catheter shaft coupled to a proximal end of the handle, the method further comprising:
translating the set of splines along the first longitudinal axis to transition the set of splines between the first configuration and the second configuration using the handle,
231. The method of claim 230, further comprising rotating the handle to transition the ablation device between a lock configuration and an unlock configuration.
232. The method of claim 231, wherein the lock configuration fixes a translational position of the set of splines relative to the catheter shaft and the unlock configuration permits translation of the set of splines relative to the catheter shaft.
233. The method of claim 230, further comprising electrically coupling a signal generator to the proximal end of the handle.
234. The method of claim 230, wherein the signal generator is electrically coupled to the proximal end of the handle using an extension cable.
235. The method of claim 208, wherein the pulse waveform is between about 900 V and about 1200 V.
236. The method of claim 208, further comprising visually confirming the set of splines in the second configuration is not in contact with the pulmonary vein.
237. The method of claim 208, further comprising visually confirming an antral apposition of the set of splines in contact with the pulmonary vein.
238. The method of claim 208, further comprising:
configuring a first set of electrodes of a first spline of the set of splines as anodes; configuring a second set of electrodes of a second spline of the set of splines as cathodes; and
delivering the pulse waveform to the first set of electrodes and the second set of electrodes.
PCT/US2018/029938 2016-01-05 2018-04-27 Systems, devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue WO2018201037A1 (en)

Priority Applications (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201880033278.5A CN110662483B (en) 2017-04-28 2018-04-27 Systems, devices, and methods for delivering pulsed electric field ablation energy to endocardial tissue
JP2019557421A JP2020517355A (en) 2017-04-28 2018-04-27 Systems, devices, and methods for delivering pulsed field ablation energy to endocardial tissue
EP18790020.4A EP3614912A4 (en) 2017-04-28 2018-04-27 Systems, devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue
CN202310387215.2A CN116158839A (en) 2017-04-28 2018-04-27 Systems, devices, and methods for delivering pulsed electric field ablation energy to endocardial tissue
JP2020537624A JP7394766B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-01-18 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
PCT/US2019/014226 WO2019143960A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-01-18 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
CN201980013103.2A CN111741726A (en) 2018-01-18 2019-01-18 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
EP19703585.0A EP3740148A1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-01-18 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
US16/375,561 US10660702B2 (en) 2016-01-05 2019-04-04 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
US16/886,514 US11020179B2 (en) 2016-01-05 2020-05-28 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
US17/332,758 US20210282847A1 (en) 2016-01-05 2021-05-27 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
JP2023050735A JP2023082063A (en) 2017-04-28 2023-03-28 Systems, devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue
JP2023200526A JP2024012693A (en) 2018-01-18 2023-11-28 System, device, and method for focal ablation

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201762491910P 2017-04-28 2017-04-28
US62/491,910 2017-04-28
US201762529268P 2017-07-06 2017-07-06
US62/529,268 2017-07-06
US15/711,266 2017-09-21
US15/711,266 US10172673B2 (en) 2016-01-05 2017-09-21 Systems devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue
US15/874,721 2018-01-18
US15/874,721 US10130423B1 (en) 2017-07-06 2018-01-18 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/711,266 Continuation-In-Part US10172673B2 (en) 2016-01-05 2017-09-21 Systems devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue
US15/874,721 Continuation-In-Part US10130423B1 (en) 2016-01-05 2018-01-18 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2019/014226 Continuation-In-Part WO2019143960A1 (en) 2016-01-05 2019-01-18 Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018201037A1 true WO2018201037A1 (en) 2018-11-01

Family

ID=63919249

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2018/029938 WO2018201037A1 (en) 2016-01-05 2018-04-27 Systems, devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018201037A1 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10702337B2 (en) 2016-06-27 2020-07-07 Galary, Inc. Methods, apparatuses, and systems for the treatment of pulmonary disorders
WO2020251857A1 (en) * 2019-06-13 2020-12-17 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Electrode basket having high-density circumferential band of electrodes
CN113729923A (en) * 2021-09-30 2021-12-03 上海睿刀医疗科技有限公司 Surface ablation electrode catheter and ablation equipment
WO2022046534A1 (en) * 2020-08-26 2022-03-03 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Device and method for delivering electroporation therapy
WO2022266043A1 (en) * 2021-06-14 2022-12-22 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Systems and methods for isolating wires in electroporation devices
WO2023086778A1 (en) * 2021-11-12 2023-05-19 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Systems and methods for energizing electroporation catheters using quadripolar arrays
WO2023086865A1 (en) * 2021-11-12 2023-05-19 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Systems and methods for energizing electroporation catheters
US11786300B2 (en) 2021-04-07 2023-10-17 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Pulsed field ablation device and method
WO2023230232A1 (en) * 2022-05-27 2023-11-30 Amplitude Vascular Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for treating cardiovascular tissue
US11896298B2 (en) 2021-07-06 2024-02-13 Btl Medical Development A.S. Pulsed field ablation device and method

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5836947A (en) * 1994-10-07 1998-11-17 Ep Technologies, Inc. Flexible structures having movable splines for supporting electrode elements
US6322559B1 (en) * 1998-07-06 2001-11-27 Vnus Medical Technologies, Inc. Electrode catheter having coil structure
US20060111702A1 (en) * 2004-11-24 2006-05-25 Ablation Frontiers, Inc. Atrial ablation catheter adapted for treatment of septal wall arrhythmogenic foci and method of use
US20140142408A1 (en) 2007-05-09 2014-05-22 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Basket catheter having multiple electrodes
US20170071543A1 (en) 2015-09-14 2017-03-16 Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. Convertible basket catheter

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5836947A (en) * 1994-10-07 1998-11-17 Ep Technologies, Inc. Flexible structures having movable splines for supporting electrode elements
US6322559B1 (en) * 1998-07-06 2001-11-27 Vnus Medical Technologies, Inc. Electrode catheter having coil structure
US20060111702A1 (en) * 2004-11-24 2006-05-25 Ablation Frontiers, Inc. Atrial ablation catheter adapted for treatment of septal wall arrhythmogenic foci and method of use
US20140142408A1 (en) 2007-05-09 2014-05-22 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Basket catheter having multiple electrodes
US20170071543A1 (en) 2015-09-14 2017-03-16 Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. Convertible basket catheter

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10939958B2 (en) 2016-06-27 2021-03-09 Galary, Inc. Methods, apparatuses, and systems for the treatment of pulmonary disorders
US11369433B2 (en) 2016-06-27 2022-06-28 Galvanize Therapeutics, Inc. Methods, apparatuses, and systems for the treatment of pulmonary disorders
US10702337B2 (en) 2016-06-27 2020-07-07 Galary, Inc. Methods, apparatuses, and systems for the treatment of pulmonary disorders
WO2020251857A1 (en) * 2019-06-13 2020-12-17 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Electrode basket having high-density circumferential band of electrodes
WO2022046534A1 (en) * 2020-08-26 2022-03-03 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Device and method for delivering electroporation therapy
US11786300B2 (en) 2021-04-07 2023-10-17 Btl Medical Technologies S.R.O. Pulsed field ablation device and method
US11832785B2 (en) 2021-04-07 2023-12-05 Btl Medical Development A.S. Pulsed field ablation device and method
WO2022266043A1 (en) * 2021-06-14 2022-12-22 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Systems and methods for isolating wires in electroporation devices
US11896298B2 (en) 2021-07-06 2024-02-13 Btl Medical Development A.S. Pulsed field ablation device and method
CN113729923A (en) * 2021-09-30 2021-12-03 上海睿刀医疗科技有限公司 Surface ablation electrode catheter and ablation equipment
WO2023086865A1 (en) * 2021-11-12 2023-05-19 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Systems and methods for energizing electroporation catheters
WO2023086778A1 (en) * 2021-11-12 2023-05-19 St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. Systems and methods for energizing electroporation catheters using quadripolar arrays
WO2023230232A1 (en) * 2022-05-27 2023-11-30 Amplitude Vascular Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for treating cardiovascular tissue

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11020179B2 (en) Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
US10617467B2 (en) Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
US10842561B2 (en) Systems, devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue
EP3946123B1 (en) Apparatus for focal ablation
JP7394766B2 (en) Systems, devices, and methods for focal ablation
EP3399933B1 (en) Systems for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue
EP3614912A1 (en) Systems, devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue
US10893905B2 (en) Systems, apparatuses, and methods for ventricular focal ablation
WO2018201037A1 (en) Systems, devices, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue
US10687892B2 (en) Systems, apparatuses, and methods for delivery of pulsed electric field ablative energy to endocardial tissue
JP2020517355A5 (en)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18790020

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019557421

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2018790020

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018790020

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20191128